1 #LyX 1.5.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % I've designed this preamble to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 % provides missing characters,
17 % see note in chapter 'Character Tables'
20 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
21 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
23 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
24 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{%
25 \usepackage[scaled=0.92]{helvet}
27 \usepackage{courier} }
28 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
29 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
31 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
32 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
33 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
36 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
37 % link all cross references and URLs in pdf output
38 \usepackage[colorlinks=true, bookmarks, bookmarksnumbered,
39 linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,
40 pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,
41 pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,
42 pdfauthor={LyX Team}, pdftex,
43 pdftitle={The LyX User's Guide},pdfsubject={LyX},
44 pdfkeywords={LyX}]{hyperref}
46 \else % if dvi or ps is produced
48 % link all cross references and URLs in dvi output
49 \usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref}
51 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
53 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
54 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
55 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
58 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
62 \options bibtotoc,BCOR7mm
67 \font_typewriter default
68 \font_default_family default
81 \paperorientation portrait
84 \paragraph_separation indent
86 \quotes_language english
89 \paperpagestyle default
90 \tracking_changes false
105 \begin_layout Standard
107 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
110 lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
118 \begin_layout Standard
119 \begin_inset Note Note
122 \begin_layout Standard
123 To export this document as pdf, ps or dvi, the LaTeX-package
130 \begin_layout Standard
131 This package should be part of all popular LaTeX-distributions.
139 \begin_layout Standard
140 \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{}
147 \begin_layout Chapter
151 \begin_layout Section
155 \begin_layout Standard
156 LyX is a document preparation system.
157 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
158 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
159 It is unlike most other
160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
167 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
169 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
170 \begin_inset Quotes eld
174 \begin_inset Quotes erd
178 \begin_inset Quotes eld
181 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
186 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
190 \begin_layout Standard
191 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
204 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
208 \begin_layout Standard
210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
218 \begin_inset Quotes erd
221 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
222 the format of all of the manuals.
223 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
224 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
241 \begin_layout Section
245 \begin_layout Subsection
249 \begin_layout Standard
250 Similar to other Linux [and other brands of Unix] programs, you start LyX
256 You can, of course, include several command-line options, including file
258 We're not going to repeat all of the command-line options here, since we've
259 already done that in the
264 Check there for more info.
267 \begin_layout Standard
268 There are one or two things we'd like to comment on:
271 \begin_layout Standard
272 Please note that if you include more than one file name on the command line,
273 LyX will load them all, though it won't display them all simultaneously.
274 More on that in a bit.
277 \begin_layout Subsection
281 \begin_layout Standard
282 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
284 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
285 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
287 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
293 (a term which we've swiped, lock, stock, and barrel, from GNU Emacs), which
295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
299 \begin_inset Quotes erd
307 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
310 \begin_layout Standard
311 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
312 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
313 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
315 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
316 only a vertical scrollbar.
319 \begin_layout Standard
320 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
321 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
322 This, however, is due
323 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
324 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
325 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
326 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
328 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
329 this doesn't work for equations yet.
332 \begin_layout Subsection
336 \begin_layout Standard
337 First, the bad news: the help system is not as thorough as that in many
338 commercial applications.
343 \begin_layout Standard
344 Now the good news: the help system consists of the LyX manuals.
349 of the manuals from inside LyX.
350 Just select the manual you want read from the
360 \begin_layout Standard
361 While we're at it, we'd like to make a comment about the manuals.
362 They're not idiot-proof, not in the least.
363 Here's what one of our authors,
367 , once said about manuals:
370 \begin_layout Quotation
374 \begin_layout Quotation
375 Yes, we've all dealt with the terse, poorly-translated, or cryptic manuals.
376 They are aggravating.
377 I find, however, that the overly simplified ones are even more aggravating.
378 First, they spend about half their time carefully explaining to the user
379 how to operate a mouse, what a menu is, et cetera, ad nauseum.
380 Please, if someone doesn't know how to use their own computer, or a GUI,
381 then they should sit down and learn
385 they start up a major piece of software.
388 \begin_layout Quotation
389 Second, what information they do provide seems to assume that the user is
391 Utter nonsense! Most users, in my experience, are some combination of clueless
392 and intimidated, not stupid.
393 Besides, if someone is truly slow on the uptake, they need help that a
394 manual for a piece of computer software can't give.
397 \begin_layout Standard
400 Editor's Note: With this in mind, I've instructed all of the other authors
401 to avoid patronizing you, the reader, and to be more pedagogical than pedantic.
402 As for those who are too lazy to read and understand the manuals --- well,
403 as we say here in America, there's no such thing as a free lunch.
407 \begin_layout Section
411 \begin_layout Subsection
412 Basic File Operations
415 \begin_layout Standard
423 menu are the 9 basic operations for any word processor in addition to some
424 more advanced operations:
427 \begin_layout Itemize
436 \begin_layout Itemize
448 \begin_layout Itemize
457 \begin_layout Itemize
466 \begin_layout Itemize
475 \begin_layout Itemize
486 \begin_layout Itemize
495 \begin_layout Itemize
504 \begin_layout Itemize
514 \begin_layout Standard
515 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
516 a few minor differences.
522 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
531 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
532 you for a template to use.
533 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
534 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
535 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
538 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:doc-classes}
545 \begin_layout Standard
547 \begin_inset Quotes eld
551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
570 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
571 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
574 \begin_layout Standard
582 command is useful if more people work on the same document at the same
587 \begin_layout Standard
588 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
601 It will simply reload the document from disk.
602 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
603 and want to restore it to the last save.
606 \begin_layout Standard
607 The second matter of note concerns the commands
612 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
624 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
633 \begin_inset Quotes eld
637 \begin_inset Quotes erd
640 to save us all from our own stupidity.
641 That is, if you try to close a file with changes [or exit LyX], you'll
642 be informed that there are unsaved files.
645 \begin_layout Subsection
646 Basic Editing Features
649 \begin_layout Standard
650 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
651 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
652 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
653 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
655 We'll start with cut and paste.
658 \begin_layout Standard
659 As you might expect, the
666 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
667 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
671 \begin_layout Itemize
677 \begin_layout Itemize
683 \begin_layout Itemize
689 \begin_layout Itemize
697 Replace\SpecialChar \ldots{}
701 \begin_layout Standard
702 The first three are self-explanatory.
703 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
704 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
713 keys also functions as the
718 Also, if you've selected text, be careful.
719 If you hit a key, LyX will completely delete the selected text and replace
720 it with what you just typed.
728 to get back the lost text.
731 \begin_layout Standard
737 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
744 Replace\SpecialChar \ldots{}
754 The text you want to find goes in the
763 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
771 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
781 You can click to search again to skip the current word.
784 \begin_layout Standard
793 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
796 \begin_layout Standard
806 toggle button can be used if you want the search to consider the case of
808 If the toggle is set, searching for
809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
820 will not match the word
821 \begin_inset Quotes eld
829 \begin_inset Quotes erd
835 \begin_layout Standard
844 toggle button can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
846 \begin_inset Quotes eld
854 \begin_inset Quotes erd
858 \begin_inset Quotes eld
866 \begin_inset Quotes erd
870 \begin_inset Quotes eld
878 \begin_inset Quotes erd
884 \begin_layout Subsection
888 \begin_layout Standard
889 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
890 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
896 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
903 to undo some mistake.
904 If you accidently undo too much, use
909 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
917 \begin_inset Quotes eld
921 \begin_inset Quotes erd
924 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimise memory
929 \begin_layout Standard
930 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
931 it was last saved, the
932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
939 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
940 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
943 \begin_layout Standard
958 work on almost everything in LyX.
959 They have some quirks, too.
974 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
975 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
989 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
990 hopefully appreciate how it works.
993 \begin_layout Subsection
997 \begin_layout Standard
998 We're not going to go into all of the mouse bindings here.
999 Some of the other sections of this manual cover specific operations you
1000 can do with the mouse.
1001 Instead, we're going to cover the most basic mouse operations.
1004 \begin_layout Enumerate
1009 \begin_layout Itemize
1014 once anywhere in the edit window.
1015 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1019 \begin_layout Enumerate
1024 \begin_layout Itemize
1030 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1036 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1039 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer.
1042 \begin_layout Itemize
1043 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1048 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1055 \begin_layout Enumerate
1056 Footnotes, Margin Notes, Figure and Table Floats, etc.
1060 \begin_layout Standard
1069 left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1070 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1074 \begin_layout Enumerate
1079 \begin_layout Standard
1084 the right mouse button
1088 to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate the table.
1092 \begin_layout Subsection
1094 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: key bindings}
1101 \begin_layout Standard
1102 Again, we're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
1103 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
1105 I guarantee you will cuss when you press Control-d to delete a character,
1106 and it starts up a DVI previewer instead (or vice versa).
1109 \begin_layout Standard
1136 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1140 \begin_layout Labeling
1141 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1146 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1147 If you don't understand this, go read Sections
1148 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parindentintro}
1153 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:par-environments}
1157 , especially Section\InsetSpace ~
1159 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parenvlists}
1165 If you're still confused, look in the
1172 \begin_layout Labeling
1173 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1186 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1187 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1190 \begin_layout Labeling
1191 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1202 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1203 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1207 \begin_layout Labeling
1208 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1223 you have your keyboard set up correctly under the X Windows System,
1227 works as expected and
1231 deletes the character under the cursor [if no text is selected].
1235 \begin_layout Standard
1236 If you haven't set up your keyboard under X, or have no idea what we mean
1237 by that, go read section
1238 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:x-win-keys}
1243 You'll save yourself a lot of headaches.
1247 \begin_layout Standard
1248 Then there are the modifier keys:
1251 \begin_layout Labeling
1252 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1257 This has a couple of different uses, depending on which keys it's used
1258 in combination with:
1262 \begin_layout Itemize
1271 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1274 \begin_layout Itemize
1283 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1286 \begin_layout Itemize
1295 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1299 \begin_layout Labeling
1300 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1305 Use this with any of the motion keys to select the text between the old
1306 and new cursor positions.
1309 \begin_layout Labeling
1310 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1315 This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless your keyboard has a distinct
1317 Unfortunately, X sometimes has their functionality swapped, so if you have
1318 both keys, you will need to do a little trial and error to find out which
1319 one actually performs the
1324 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1326 menu accelerator keys
1329 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1330 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1334 \begin_layout Standard
1335 For example, the sequence
1336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1345 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1358 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1366 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1379 \begin_layout Standard
1380 There are also other things bound to the
1384 key, but you'll have to check in the
1396 \begin_layout Standard
1397 Hopefully, you'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as
1398 you use LyX, because most mouse actions will prompt a small message in
1399 the minibuffer which describe the name of the action, you've just triggered,
1400 and any existing keybindings for that action.
1401 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1402 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1403 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1406 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1412 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1419 followed by a capital
1425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1443 \begin_layout Section
1444 Using LyX with Other Programs
1447 \begin_layout Subsection
1448 Importing ASCII files
1451 \begin_layout Standard
1452 You can import text from an ASCII file using the
1457 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1462 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1477 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1482 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1495 \begin_layout Standard
1501 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1506 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1515 puts each line of the file into its own LyX paragraph.
1516 This is useful if you're importing a text file with a simple list in it.
1517 However, if your text file contains paragraphs in it, LyX will mangle the
1518 paragraphs if you use this form of import.
1521 \begin_layout Standard
1527 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1532 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1542 preserves paragraphs in text files.
1543 Often in a text file, you didn't put the contents of an entire paragraph
1549 to break up the paragraph into separate lines.
1555 , LyX won't mangle such paragraphs.
1556 Anything between two consecutive blank lines goes into its own LyX paragraph.
1557 Remember: you must make sure there is a
1561 line between each and every paragraph in your text file.
1562 If not, LyX might end up merging two paragraphs.
1565 \begin_layout Subsection
1566 Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs
1569 \begin_layout Standard
1582 operations will transfer text to and from LyX.
1583 You can copy text from LyX to another window in this way: Select the text
1584 that you want to copy, then go to the destination window and paste the
1585 text with the middle mouse button.
1589 \begin_layout Standard
1590 Pasting text into LyX also works much the same way as in X.
1591 Select the text with the mouse in another X window.
1592 Go to the Lyx window and paste the text with the middle mouse button.
1595 \begin_layout Chapter
1596 LyX Setup and Supporting Applications
1599 \begin_layout Section
1603 \begin_layout Standard
1604 If you're using LyX on a system someone else has set up for you, then you
1605 can safely skip this chapter.
1606 It describes all of the things you need beyond the LyX binary and files
1607 distributed with it.
1610 \begin_layout Standard
1611 If you're installing LyX on your system,
1613 you should read the README's that came with the LyX distribution and then
1620 elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1633 This chapter does not describe installation or setup of the LyX binary
1634 [Well, not everything\SpecialChar \ldots{}
1636 It does describe all of the things you'll need to use LyX to its fullest.
1640 \begin_layout Standard
1641 This is basically where we decided to document a bunch of info about running
1642 LyX, including what other programs you'll need to make LyX useful.
1650 \begin_layout Section
1652 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:setup}
1659 \begin_layout Standard
1660 There are two ways to run LyX.
1661 The first way is to install LyX and all of its support files on your system.
1662 Of course, you need root (administrator) privileges to do that.
1663 The second way to run LyX doesn't require root access, letting you
1664 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1671 LyX somewhere in your own account.
1672 LyX will automatically detect where it is as long as the supporting directories
1673 are put in the correct places.
1676 \begin_layout Standard
1677 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
1678 without resorting to configuration files.
1679 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
1680 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
1681 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
1688 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
1689 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally and
1690 which are not seen by LyX.
1691 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
1696 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1704 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
1705 As far as LaTeX classes and packages are concerned, you will find information
1706 about what has been found under
1711 elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1722 \begin_layout Standard
1723 The second set of settings that you might want to change comprises all the
1724 document-level setting that you can change via the
1729 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1737 To do this, open a scrap document, set all these options according to your
1738 taste and save them with the
1745 Document\InsetSpace ~
1756 This will create a template named
1760 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you open a document without template
1761 such that the settings are automatically set-up as you defined them.
1764 \begin_layout Standard
1765 There are many other user-configurable options that you can feed to LyX.
1766 Upon startup, LyX reads a global options file called
1771 It will then attempt to read a file called
1779 \begin_layout Standard
1784 file is found in different directories on different systems.
1785 This directory is called LyX's
1794 To find out where it is, use
1799 elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1806 (You may set up an alternative user directory from the command line, using
1819 \begin_layout Standard
1825 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1832 dialog can be used to change these options; the document
1836 contains more information about the preferences dialog and these configuration
1840 \begin_layout Section
1841 Setting Up the X Keyboard [obsolescent]
1842 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:x-win-keys}
1849 \begin_layout Standard
1850 To use LyX properly, X
1854 be set up correctly.
1855 This is especially vital if you're using the international support features
1856 of LyX and want to use non-English keyboard mappings.
1857 On modern distributions, this likely has been taken care of, but if not,
1858 you must do this yourself.
1859 Administrators of large systems often neglect this, so don't assume that
1860 you're safe if you're using a large system.
1861 Also ordinary users can instruct X how to use his or her keyboard.
1864 \begin_layout Subsection
1865 xmodmap and xkeycaps
1868 \begin_layout Standard
1869 First of all read the man pages for these two programs.
1870 They are your best friends when you are trying to set up X key mapping
1872 If you don't have them, install them.
1875 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1879 \begin_layout Standard
1880 This document contains no information on how to use
1894 To load the new X keyboard mappings, place the command
1896 xmodmap\InsetSpace ~
1899 somewhere in your startup scripts [e.g.
1919 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1923 \begin_layout Standard
1924 This program brings up a graphical version of your keyboard, allows you
1925 to make modifications, and then spits those modifications out to the standard
1926 output in a form readable by
1931 It is very useful when you're trying to design a new
1935 file, though it will require you to do a bit of cut-and-pasting.
1938 \begin_layout Subsection
1939 Modifiers and Mode_switch
1942 \begin_layout Standard
1943 LyX supports three modifiers: Shift [
1956 Moreover, if one of the keys of your keyboard is configured as a
1960 key, then you can use it to enter some characters not available on your
1962 This compose key can be used either as a modifier (like
1970 ) or as a prefix key.
1971 Here are some examples of what you can do with a
1978 \begin_layout Itemize
1984 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
1990 \begin_layout Itemize
1996 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
2002 \begin_layout Itemize
2008 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
2014 \begin_layout Itemize
2020 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
2026 \begin_layout Standard
2027 This input method is particularly handy when you use accented characters
2028 only from time to time.
2029 It works by default for latin1 characters, but other input methods will
2030 be used if you setup your locale correctly.
2033 \begin_layout Subsection
2034 Helpful Hints and Tips
2037 \begin_layout Standard
2038 First, open up two xterminals.
2039 Use one to edit a new
2052 , remap your keyboard the way you want it.
2057 to output the new keymap.
2062 will spit a bunch of stuff on the xterm you executed it from.
2063 Just copy and paste all of that into your
2067 file, and you're done.
2071 \begin_layout Standard
2072 You could also save yourself some typing by executing
2077 This will create a usable map file.
2085 \begin_layout Standard
2086 Also, there are some things you can do to help you get oriented.
2087 Try executing the command
2092 This will show you all of the currently active modifiers.
2095 xmodmap -v -pke | more
2097 to see which keycode numbers are mapped to which symbolic names.
2098 It will also give you some idea of the syntax of the
2105 \begin_layout Standard
2106 There's one thing you'll need to check.
2119 defined as the same key symbol by X! Note that giving these two keys unique
2120 symbol names will not necessarily alter the behavior of your programs.
2129 to the same operation.
2131 Other programs, however, use
2139 for different operations.
2140 LyX is one of these programs, and if you have
2148 labeled with the same key symbol name, you'll have trouble using LyX.
2151 \begin_layout Section
2155 \begin_layout Standard
2156 If you want to do more with LyX than simply create documents and spit out
2161 files, you'll need LaTeX.
2164 \begin_layout Standard
2165 In case you were wondering, LaTeX is a markup language front end for TeX,
2166 a document preparation system invented in 1984 by Donald Knuth.
2170 \begin_layout Standard
2171 A note about pronunciation: TeX originated from the Greek letters,
2172 \begin_inset Formula $\tau\epsilon\chi$
2176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2183 That's how you pronounce
2184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2192 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2199 [If you're American, just pronounce the
2200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2204 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2220 TeX takes a set of commands in an ASCII file and converts it to a
2221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2228 format, or Dvi, for short.
2229 The Dvi file can then be sent to printers.
2230 TeX is programmable, and LaTeX is nothing but a [really huge] set of TeX
2232 LaTeX will typically come as part of a TeX distribution, so all you need
2236 \begin_layout Standard
2237 Note that on some old systems you may find that only LaTeX 2.09 is installed
2238 (as opposed to the more current LaTeX2e).
2239 LyX cannot be used with LaTeX 2.09.
2242 \begin_layout Standard
2243 If you're using Linux, LaTeX2e should have come with your distribution.
2244 For other systems, you might need to install LaTeX yourself.You can obtain
2245 a LaTeX distribution (and anything and everything related to TeX and LaTeX)
2246 from a Comprehensive TeX Archive Network (CTAN) mirror.
2247 A complete list of mirrors may be found at
2250 \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ctan.org}
2255 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ctan}
2262 \begin_layout Section
2263 Dvips and Ghostscript
2266 \begin_layout Subsection
2270 \begin_layout Standard
2271 There's one more step you need to take if you want to print your LyX documents.
2272 Obviously, you'll need to make sure your printer is configured [see next
2274 You'll also need to install these programs (or compatibles), if you don't
2278 \begin_layout Itemize
2284 \begin_layout Itemize
2290 \begin_layout Itemize
2296 \begin_layout Itemize
2302 \begin_layout Standard
2303 The latter two programs are previewer for files in Dvi and PostScript®
2307 \begin_layout Standard
2308 PostScript® is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated, and
2309 is the main page description language in the UN*X world.
2316 If you don't know what a DVI file is, you've probably also never worked
2317 with LaTeX and should read the
2321 document before proceeding further.
2326 converts DVI files into PostScript, which is the format most printers use
2328 For those of you using dot-matrix and inkjet printers, you'll want to filter
2329 the PostScript through
2333 , which is capable of creating output for a variety of printers.
2334 The following section on printer setup describes how to do this automatically
2335 every time you print.
2336 For now, we'll concentrate on
2343 \begin_layout Subsection
2345 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:dvipsconfig}
2352 \begin_layout Standard
2353 Whether you'll be running LyX on a large system or a Linux box at home,
2354 you should configure
2364 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2368 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2371 into a file, or send output directly to the printer, depending on how it's
2373 If it is set up to print to a file, and if no filename is specified, it
2387 set up to send output to the default printer.
2388 For LyX, you'll want the flexibility to do both.
2391 \begin_layout Standard
2392 If you are not a mood to configure
2396 to adapt its output to your printer, you can safely skip this section.
2397 Be warned however that the output will not match the quality that you could
2398 expect from your printer.
2399 At least, it will print.
2402 \begin_layout Standard
2403 If you are using teTeX (a TeX distribution which is particularly popular
2404 on Linux), you should run the program
2409 To make the name of a new printer recognized by
2413 you should then select menu entry
2418 Enter the required parameters and, before exiting, remember to select the
2426 \begin_layout Standard
2427 Let's turn now to manual configuration: in order to inform
2431 how to automagically convert a
2439 file adapted to printer
2443 , you need to have a config-file,
2444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2455 lying around somewhere.
2466 /usr/lib/texmf/dvips
2468 in most TeX distributions.
2469 Your system will probably be different, of course, so just look under the
2470 main TeX directory for a subdirectory called
2471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2479 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2482 It'll be there somewhere.
2485 \begin_layout Standard
2486 Typically, there will be at least one config-file:
2491 This file is the default configuration file, which is
2499 \begin_layout Standard
2500 In particular, this file is not necessarily connected to the existence of
2511 Read this file and see what options could need to be changed for your particula
2517 containing only the relevant lines.
2521 \begin_layout Standard
2522 There's at least one thing you need to do to the config-file.
2523 There may exist a line that looks like,
2524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2532 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2535 [without the quotes, of course\SpecialChar \ldots{}
2538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2546 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2549 , so that the output is sent by default to printer
2554 However, you should probably investigate the entries
2555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2563 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2567 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2575 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2578 , which define respectively the Metafont mode and the resolution of the
2580 If you do not know what a Metafont mode is, you can see it as a printer
2581 driver: it adapts the design of TeX fonts to ensure that they give the
2582 best possible result on your printer.
2583 Be warned however that, if you define different Metafont modes for different
2588 will generate several copies of your TeX fonts on disk, and these take
2592 \begin_layout Standard
2593 Once you are satisfied that your printers are correctly configured, you
2594 should tell LyX to make use of this configuration.
2595 To do this, you should launch the
2604 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2615 tab, and set the entries
2628 \begin_layout Standard
2629 You can use as many configuration files as you like, one for each of your
2631 The default printer for LyX can be specified from the
2642 environment variable.
2643 You can also choose the desired printer from inside LyX, as described in
2645 Once you've done all that, you can print to either a PostScript printer
2650 \begin_layout Standard
2651 If your printer doesn't understand PostScript®, you'll need to use
2655 as a filter for your print spooler.
2656 That's covered in numerous HOWTO's and manuals.
2657 We also have a section that covers a little bit of this.
2660 \begin_layout Standard
2661 Some people don't seem to like using the
2670 As alternative, you can use a program that converts the DVI file directly
2671 into your printer language.
2672 You can specify this program in the
2677 There is a major disadvantage to this method.
2678 You can't include any PostScript files, such as graphics, in your documents,
2679 since the printer-specific conversion programs don't understand PostScript®.
2680 For that reason, the LyX team highly recommends using
2692 \begin_layout Subsection
2693 Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview
2696 \begin_layout Standard
2710 files, while the later interfaces with
2714 to allow you to view PostScript files.
2717 \begin_layout Standard
2718 A quick note on both of these programs.
2719 Both automatically update themselves if the viewed file
2723 \begin_layout Standard
2732 file, not the files used to make these.
2738 You can also force an update.
2739 So, once you've opened one of these two viewers, there's no reason to close
2741 Also, both programs are functionally the same, providing all of the same
2745 \begin_layout Standard
2746 The LyX team recommends using
2750 for fine tuning documents.
2751 Why? It's faster; there's one less layer of processing you need to do before
2752 you can view the changes.
2756 \begin_layout Enumerate
2761 to preview a document from LyX, and leave it running.
2764 \begin_layout Enumerate
2765 Make changes to the document using LyX.
2768 \begin_layout Enumerate
2769 To view those changes, just choose
2774 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2779 pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2787 When LaTeX's all done, click on the
2798 \begin_layout Standard
2799 Now, this doesn't mean
2808 is better suited to those occasions where you
2812 view the PostScript version of the document.
2813 For repeated changes that aren't PostScript® dependent, you're better off
2819 There is an alternative to
2823 which sports a much better interface:
2828 LyX will automatically use it instead of
2835 \begin_layout Section
2839 \begin_layout Standard
2842 Anyone working on a large system shouldn't have any problems here.
2843 Your sysadmin [or you, if you are the sysadmin] should already have the
2844 printers set up for your system.
2845 All you need to do is find out the name of the printer you want to use,
2850 as described in the last section.
2853 \begin_layout Standard
2856 Those of you using Linux, however, may have a bit more work to do.
2857 Many people now install Linux from an ISO image of one of the popular distribut
2859 They follow the install instructions, get Linux up and running, but never
2860 realize that they need to set up their printer.
2863 The more desktop friendly distributions may do this for you automatically.
2864 However, if you find that you need to do this by hand, we've written a
2865 little something to help you out with that; check out the
2866 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2874 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2884 \begin_layout Chapter
2888 \begin_layout Section
2892 \begin_layout Subsection
2896 \begin_layout Standard
2897 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2902 of document you want to edit.
2903 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2904 numbering schemes, and so on.
2905 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2906 and format the title of your document differently.
2909 \begin_layout Standard
2914 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2915 By setting the document class, you automagically select these properties,
2916 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2917 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2918 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
2921 \begin_layout Standard
2922 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2923 how to fine-tune some of their properties.
2926 \begin_layout Subsection
2927 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:doc-classes}
2931 The Various Document Classes
2934 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2938 \begin_layout Standard
2939 There are five standard document classes in LyX.
2943 \begin_layout Description
2944 Article for basic articles
2947 \begin_layout Description
2948 Report for basic reports
2951 \begin_layout Description
2952 Book for writing a book
2955 \begin_layout Description
2956 Letter for US-style letters
2959 \begin_layout Description
2960 Slides is used to make transparencies
2963 \begin_layout Standard
2964 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2965 a LaTeX setup that supports them:
2968 \begin_layout Description
2969 Aapaper Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysic
2973 \begin_layout Description
2974 Amsart Journal articles in the style and format used by the AMS [American
2975 Mathematical Society].
2976 There are three amsart layouts available.
2977 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems,
2981 , that prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2982 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2983 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2985 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2988 sequential numbering
2989 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2992 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2993 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2994 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2995 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2998 \begin_layout Description
2999 Amsbook Books in the style and format used by the AMS.
3000 Only the standard numbering scheme is provided, under the assumption that
3001 you would not want to number results consecutively throughout a book, and
3002 that you would need to number results.
3005 \begin_layout Description
3006 Dinbrief für Briefe nach deutscher Art
3009 \begin_layout Description
3010 Foils is used to make transparencies, but is better than
3015 \begin_layout Description
3016 Linuxdoc Used with the SGML-tools package (formerly known as LinuxDoc).
3017 It allows LyX to produce SGML output.
3018 SGML is a markup language and is the predecessor to HTML\SpecialChar \@.
3020 package allows you to convert SGML to HTML or to the format used by
3027 \begin_layout Description
3028 Paper for use with the
3032 LaTeX document class [not in all LaTeX distributions]
3035 \begin_layout Description
3036 Revtex is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
3037 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
3039 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
3042 \begin_layout Standard
3043 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
3045 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
3050 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
3051 of the document classes.
3054 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3058 \begin_layout Standard
3059 You can select a class using the
3066 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
3072 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
3076 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3080 \begin_layout Standard
3081 Each class has a default set of options.
3082 Here's a quick table describing them:
3085 \begin_layout Standard
3086 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3092 \begin_layout Standard
3094 \begin_inset Tabular
3095 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="5">
3097 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
3098 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
3099 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
3100 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
3101 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
3102 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
3103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3106 \begin_layout Standard
3112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3115 \begin_layout Standard
3130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3133 \begin_layout Standard
3148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3151 \begin_layout Standard
3166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3169 \begin_layout Standard
3185 <row topline="true">
3186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3189 \begin_layout Standard
3203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3206 \begin_layout Standard
3221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3224 \begin_layout Standard
3239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3242 \begin_layout Standard
3257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3260 \begin_layout Standard
3276 <row topline="true">
3277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3280 \begin_layout Standard
3294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3297 \begin_layout Standard
3312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3315 \begin_layout Standard
3330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3333 \begin_layout Standard
3348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3351 \begin_layout Standard
3367 <row topline="true">
3368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3371 \begin_layout Standard
3385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3388 \begin_layout Standard
3403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3406 \begin_layout Standard
3421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3424 \begin_layout Standard
3439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3442 \begin_layout Standard
3458 <row topline="true">
3459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3462 \begin_layout Standard
3476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3479 \begin_layout Standard
3494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3497 \begin_layout Standard
3512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3515 \begin_layout Standard
3530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3533 \begin_layout Standard
3548 <row topline="true">
3549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3552 \begin_layout Standard
3566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3569 \begin_layout Standard
3584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3587 \begin_layout Standard
3602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3605 \begin_layout Standard
3620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3623 \begin_layout Standard
3639 <row topline="true">
3640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3643 \begin_layout Standard
3657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3660 \begin_layout Standard
3675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3678 \begin_layout Standard
3693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3696 \begin_layout Standard
3711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3714 \begin_layout Standard
3730 <row topline="true">
3731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3734 \begin_layout Standard
3748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3751 \begin_layout Standard
3766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3769 \begin_layout Standard
3784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3787 \begin_layout Standard
3802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3805 \begin_layout Standard
3821 <row topline="true">
3822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3825 \begin_layout Standard
3839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3842 \begin_layout Standard
3857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3860 \begin_layout Standard
3875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3878 \begin_layout Standard
3893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3896 \begin_layout Standard
3911 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
3912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3915 \begin_layout Standard
3929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3932 \begin_layout Standard
3947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3950 \begin_layout Standard
3965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3968 \begin_layout Standard
3983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3986 \begin_layout Standard
4009 \begin_layout Standard
4010 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
4016 \begin_layout Standard
4017 There is no default value of
4026 for any of these classes.
4030 \begin_layout Standard
4031 You're probably also wondering what
4032 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4041 There are several paragraph environment used to create section headings.
4042 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
4047 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
4052 Some document classes, such as the three for letters, don't use any section
4062 headings, there are also
4070 headings, and so on.
4071 We'll describe these headings fully in section
4072 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parenvheadings}
4079 \begin_layout Subsection
4080 Fine-tuning the Defaults
4083 \begin_layout Standard
4084 Okay, we know we never told you what most of these
4085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4089 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4100 That's what this section is for.
4103 \begin_layout Labeling
4104 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4112 This is another list, containing five options.
4113 It controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page:
4117 \begin_layout Standard
4118 LaTeX does this part.
4127 \begin_layout Labeling
4128 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4133 Use default pagestyle of current class.
4136 \begin_layout Labeling
4137 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4142 No page numbers or headings.
4145 \begin_layout Labeling
4146 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4154 \begin_layout Labeling
4155 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4160 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
4161 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
4162 which is the maximum sectioning level.
4165 \begin_layout Labeling
4166 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4171 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
4177 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
4178 To use the full power of this package, you have to resort to magic codes
4180 Check the documentation for the
4184 package for more details.
4188 \begin_layout Labeling
4189 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4194 No, LyX can't make your printer print on both sides of a sheet of paper!
4195 However, it can use a different format for odd-numbered pages than even-numbere
4201 have a printer that duplexes
4205 \begin_layout Standard
4207 prints on both sides of a sheet of paper
4212 , your page number will always be in the upper right corner of the page
4213 and the left margin will have extra room for a binding.
4217 \begin_layout Standard
4218 There are two radio buttons here:
4222 for single-sided documents,
4226 for double-sided documents.
4230 \begin_layout Labeling
4231 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4236 Yes, this does control how many columns each page has.
4237 You can choose, using the toggle buttons,
4245 for the number of columns.
4250 \begin_layout Standard
4251 Note that LyX won't show two columns on screen.
4252 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
4257 be two columns in the generated output.
4261 \begin_layout Labeling
4262 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4278 takes several options.
4279 LyX sets some of these automatically for you.
4280 This text box allows you to enter in others.
4281 Just type in a comma-separated list of options.
4282 See a good LaTeX book to find out what kinds of additional options you
4286 \begin_layout Labeling
4287 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4292 This has its own section.
4295 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parindentintro}
4299 for a description of what this does.
4302 \begin_layout Subsection
4303 Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins
4306 \begin_layout Standard
4307 There are several other options to set in the
4309 Document\InsetSpace ~
4313 All of them are global options, but they have special purposes and only
4314 affect certain features.
4315 We describe what these options do in the same section that describes the
4316 features they affect.
4319 \begin_layout Standard
4320 There are two options that affect the overall layout of the document, so
4321 we'll describe them here.
4322 You'll find them in the
4333 \begin_layout Labeling
4334 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
4339 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
4357 \begin_layout Labeling
4358 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
4367 What size paper to print on.
4372 \begin_layout Itemize
4378 \begin_layout Itemize
4388 \begin_layout Itemize
4394 \begin_layout Itemize
4400 \begin_layout Itemize
4406 \begin_layout Itemize
4412 \begin_layout Itemize
4419 \begin_layout Standard
4420 Some of these settings require you to have the
4425 This package will also allow you to set the margins in the
4432 \begin_layout Subsection
4436 \begin_layout Standard
4437 If you change a document's class, LyX has to convert
4442 That includes the paragraph environments.
4443 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
4445 Some classes have special paragraph environments, however.
4446 If this is the case, and you change document classes, LyX sets the missing
4447 paragraph environments to
4451 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
4452 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
4453 the conversion and why it failed.
4456 \begin_layout Section
4457 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
4460 \begin_layout Subsection
4462 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parindentintro}
4469 \begin_layout Standard
4470 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
4471 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
4474 \begin_layout Standard
4475 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
4476 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
4477 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
4478 LyX uses the same convention you find among typographers.
4483 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
4489 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
4490 Some people don't like this convention, but if you want to use indented
4491 paragraphs, you'll have to live with it.
4495 \begin_layout Standard
4496 There is a way to force LaTeX to indent all paragraphs.
4497 LyX won't show this, of course, but LaTeX
4502 You'll need to get a special package and insert an appropriate command
4511 \begin_layout Standard
4512 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
4513 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
4515 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
4516 LyX takes care of that.
4517 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
4519 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
4520 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
4521 of a page, and so on.
4525 \begin_layout Standard
4526 Actually, LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
4531 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
4532 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
4536 of these pre-coded spacings.
4537 We'll explain more later.
4540 \begin_layout Subsection
4541 Global Indentation Method
4544 \begin_layout Standard
4545 To select the default method of separating paragraphs, select
4560 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
4563 \begin_layout Subsection
4567 \begin_layout Standard
4568 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4574 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4579 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
4582 dialog and toggle the
4589 button to change the state of the current paragraph.
4590 If paragraphs indent by default, this button will be inactive at first.
4591 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4592 button will be completely ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph
4596 \begin_layout Standard
4597 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4598 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4599 Typically, you'll select
4614 for the entire document and edit away.
4617 \begin_layout Subsection
4618 Changing Line Spacing
4621 \begin_layout Standard
4627 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4634 dialog you can choose your line spacing provided you have the
4641 \begin_layout Section
4642 Paragraph Environments
4643 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:par-environments}
4650 \begin_layout Subsection
4654 \begin_layout Standard
4655 The paragraph environments correspond to the various
4658 \begin_layout Standard
4682 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
4683 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4684 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4693 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4696 \begin_layout Standard
4697 A paragraph environment is simply a
4698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4705 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4706 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4707 scheme, labels, and so on.
4708 Additionally, you can
4709 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4716 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4717 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4718 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4719 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4720 days of typewriters.
4721 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4723 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4726 \begin_layout Standard
4727 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
4729 LyX will change the environment of the
4733 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4734 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4735 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4739 \begin_layout Standard
4748 create a new paragraph using the
4752 paragraph environment.
4754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4761 because this isn't always the case.
4765 \begin_layout Standard
4766 If you are in one of these environments:
4770 \begin_layout Standard
4780 \begin_layout Standard
4784 \begin_layout Standard
4798 \begin_layout Itemize
4804 \begin_layout Itemize
4810 \begin_layout Standard
4814 \begin_layout Standard
4826 \begin_layout Itemize
4832 \begin_layout Itemize
4838 \begin_layout Standard
4842 \begin_layout Standard
4854 \begin_layout Itemize
4860 \begin_layout Itemize
4866 \begin_layout Standard
4870 \begin_layout Standard
4882 \begin_layout Itemize
4888 \begin_layout Standard
4892 \begin_layout Standard
4902 \begin_layout Standard
4903 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4907 , rather than resetting it to
4912 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4917 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4918 and the nesting depth [more on nesting in section
4919 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
4924 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4929 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4930 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4938 \begin_layout Subsection
4942 \begin_layout Standard
4943 The default paragraph environment is
4948 It creates a plain paragraph.
4949 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4950 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now [and most of the ones in
4951 this manual] are in the
4958 \begin_layout Standard
4959 You can nest a paragraph using the
4963 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4971 \begin_layout Subsection
4975 \begin_layout Standard
4976 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name[s] of the
4978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4985 for thanks or contact information.
4986 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4987 page along with today's date.
4988 For other types of documents, the title
4989 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4993 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4996 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
5000 \begin_layout Standard
5001 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
5015 Here's how you use them:
5018 \begin_layout Itemize
5019 Put the title of your document in the
5026 \begin_layout Itemize
5027 Put the author name in the
5034 \begin_layout Itemize
5035 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
5036 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
5042 Note that using this environment is optional.
5043 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
5046 \begin_layout Standard
5047 Be sure to do this at the top of the document.
5048 You can use footnotes to insert
5049 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5053 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5056 or contact information.
5059 \begin_layout Subsection
5061 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parenvheadings}
5068 \begin_layout Standard
5069 There are nine paragraph environments for producing section headings.
5070 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
5071 All you need to do is decide what you're going to call section 3 of chapter
5075 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5079 \begin_layout Standard
5080 There are 6 numbered types of section headings.
5081 \begin_inset Note Note
5084 \begin_layout Standard
5085 Why no mention of Part ?
5093 \begin_layout Enumerate
5099 \begin_layout Enumerate
5105 \begin_layout Enumerate
5111 \begin_layout Enumerate
5117 \begin_layout Enumerate
5123 \begin_layout Enumerate
5129 \begin_layout Standard
5130 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
5131 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
5132 These headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
5133 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
5134 You group the book into chapters.
5135 LyX does similar grouping:
5138 \begin_layout Itemize
5147 is the maximum sectioning level.
5150 \begin_layout Itemize
5162 \begin_layout Itemize
5174 \begin_layout Itemize
5186 \begin_layout Itemize
5198 \begin_layout Itemize
5210 \begin_layout Standard
5215 not all document types use the
5219 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
5224 is the top-level heading.
5227 \begin_layout Standard
5232 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
5233 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
5235 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
5237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5247 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5251 \begin_layout Standard
5252 There are 3 types of unnumbered section headings.
5256 \begin_layout Enumerate
5262 \begin_layout Enumerate
5268 \begin_layout Enumerate
5274 \begin_layout Standard
5276 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5283 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
5284 They work the same as their numbered counterparts.
5287 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5288 Changing the Numbering
5289 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:section-depth}
5296 \begin_layout Standard
5297 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
5298 in the Table of Contents.
5299 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
5301 Certain classes start with
5315 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
5325 This is something you can change.
5328 \begin_layout Standard
5334 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5342 You should see a counter labelled
5344 Section\InsetSpace ~
5353 This counter controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers
5355 Unfortunately, the number you choose with the slider is really goofy, so
5356 here's a table of values and what they do:
5359 \begin_layout Standard
5360 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
5366 \begin_layout Standard
5368 \begin_inset Tabular
5369 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
5371 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
5372 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
5373 <row topline="true">
5374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5377 \begin_layout Standard
5394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5397 \begin_layout Standard
5412 <row bottomline="true">
5413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5416 \begin_layout Standard
5430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5433 \begin_layout Standard
5448 <row topline="true">
5449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5452 \begin_layout Standard
5466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5469 \begin_layout Standard
5478 no numbering of any kind
5484 <row topline="true">
5485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5488 \begin_layout Standard
5502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5505 \begin_layout Standard
5522 <row topline="true">
5523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5526 \begin_layout Standard
5540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5543 \begin_layout Standard
5559 <row topline="true">
5560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5563 \begin_layout Standard
5577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5580 \begin_layout Standard
5596 <row topline="true">
5597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5600 \begin_layout Standard
5614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5617 \begin_layout Standard
5633 <row topline="true">
5634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5637 \begin_layout Standard
5651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5654 \begin_layout Standard
5671 <row topline="true">
5672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5675 \begin_layout Standard
5689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5692 \begin_layout Standard
5709 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
5710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5713 \begin_layout Standard
5727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5730 \begin_layout Standard
5754 \begin_layout Standard
5755 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
5761 \begin_layout Standard
5762 The increasing numbers are cumulative: a setting of
5763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5770 will number parts and chapters, while
5771 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5778 will number parts, chapters, sections, and subsections.
5779 Of course, if you're using a document class that doesn't use part or chapter
5785 the default article class), then the numbering begins at the
5790 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5794 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5808 \begin_layout Standard
5809 There's another counter in the dialog, called
5813 contents\InsetSpace ~
5817 It works the same way as
5819 Section\InsetSpace ~
5820 numbering\InsetSpace ~
5823 , only it controls which sectioning levels appear in, you guessed it, the
5825 This is a great control to have.
5826 Suppose you wanted to number
5830 sectioning heading, but you only wanted
5842 s in the Table of Contents.
5845 Section\InsetSpace ~
5846 numbering\InsetSpace ~
5850 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5854 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5859 Table of contents\InsetSpace ~
5863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5870 and voilà! You're all set.
5873 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5877 \begin_layout Standard
5878 The following information applies to
5917 \begin_layout Itemize
5918 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
5921 \begin_layout Itemize
5922 You can only use inlined math in these environments.
5925 \begin_layout Itemize
5926 You cannot nest other environments into these environments.
5929 \begin_layout Itemize
5930 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
5933 \begin_layout Standard
5934 As for examples of these paragraph environments - look around you! We're
5935 using them everywhere in the manuals.
5938 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5939 Creating an Appendix
5942 \begin_layout Standard
5943 To create an appendix, simply start by adding a new chapter or section heading.
5944 Move the cursor back to the beginning of the heading and select
5949 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5957 ppendix\InsetSpace ~
5961 A red/brown box will be drawn around the remainder of the file to indicate
5962 there is something special about it, and the numerical chapter or section
5963 label(s) will be changed to a letter.
5966 \begin_layout Subsection
5970 \begin_layout Standard
5971 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
5985 Forget the days of changing linespacing and twiddling with margins.
5986 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
5987 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
5988 the text they contain.
5989 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
5997 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
6000 \begin_layout Standard
6001 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
6010 when you start a new paragraph.
6011 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
6015 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
6016 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
6017 to change back to the
6021 environment yourself.
6024 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6034 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:quote}
6041 \begin_layout Standard
6042 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
6043 time for the differences.
6052 are identical except for one difference:
6056 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
6065 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
6068 \begin_layout Standard
6069 Here's an example of the
6082 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
6084 See - no indentation!
6088 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
6089 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
6090 the other paragraph.
6093 \begin_layout Standard
6094 That ends that example.
6095 Here's another example, this time in the
6102 \begin_layout Quotation
6108 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
6109 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
6110 the first line, then
6114 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
6118 you were quoting other text.
6121 \begin_layout Quotation
6122 Here's a new paragraph.
6123 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
6124 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
6127 \begin_layout Standard
6128 That was our other example.
6129 As the example notes,
6133 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
6134 They should put quotes in the
6139 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
6143 paragraph environment for quoted text.
6146 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6150 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:verse}
6157 \begin_layout Standard
6162 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
6169 Which I did not rehearse!
6173 It could be much worse.
6174 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
6176 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
6177 indented a bit more than the first.
6178 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
6185 And make things look fine
6194 \begin_layout Standard
6199 does not indent both margins.
6200 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
6201 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
6212 \begin_layout Subsection
6214 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parenvlists}
6221 \begin_layout Standard
6222 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
6232 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
6241 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
6242 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
6243 some general features of all four of them.
6246 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6250 \begin_layout Standard
6251 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
6253 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
6262 reset the environment to
6266 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
6267 The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
6268 If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
6273 to break paragraphs.
6276 \begin_layout Standard
6277 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
6278 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how its
6280 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
6281 you read all of section
6282 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
6290 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6296 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:itemize}
6303 \begin_layout Standard
6304 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
6308 paragraph environment.
6309 It has the following properties:
6312 \begin_layout Itemize
6313 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
6317 \begin_layout Itemize
6318 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
6321 \begin_layout Itemize
6322 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
6326 \begin_layout Itemize
6327 The items can be any length.
6328 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
6329 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
6336 \begin_layout Itemize
6341 environment inside another
6345 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
6349 \begin_layout Itemize
6350 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
6353 \begin_layout Itemize
6354 LyX always shows the same symbol, an asterisk, on screen.
6357 \begin_layout Itemize
6359 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
6363 for a full explanation of nesting.
6367 \begin_layout Standard
6368 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
6377 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
6380 \begin_layout Standard
6381 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
6382 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
6383 Note that those of you reading this manual online won't see any difference.
6386 \begin_layout Itemize
6387 The label for the first level
6391 is a large black dot, or bullet.
6395 \begin_layout Itemize
6396 The label for the second level is a dash.
6400 \begin_layout Itemize
6401 The label for the third is an asterisk.
6405 \begin_layout Itemize
6406 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
6410 \begin_layout Itemize
6411 Back out to the third level.
6415 \begin_layout Itemize
6416 Back to the second level.
6420 \begin_layout Itemize
6421 Back to the outermost level.
6424 \begin_layout Standard
6425 These are the default labels for an
6430 You can customize these labels in the
6434 \begin_layout Standard
6448 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6462 \begin_layout Standard
6463 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
6464 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
6466 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
6474 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6480 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:enumerate}
6487 \begin_layout Standard
6492 environment is the tool to use to create numbered lists and outlines.
6493 It has these properties:
6496 \begin_layout Enumerate
6497 Each item has a numeral as its label.
6501 \begin_layout Enumerate
6502 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
6506 \begin_layout Enumerate
6507 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
6510 \begin_layout Enumerate
6515 environment resets the counter to one.
6518 \begin_layout Enumerate
6531 \begin_layout Enumerate
6532 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
6533 Items can be any length.
6536 \begin_layout Enumerate
6537 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
6540 \begin_layout Enumerate
6541 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
6544 \begin_layout Enumerate
6545 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
6549 \begin_layout Standard
6562 show the different labels for each item.
6563 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
6570 \begin_layout Enumerate
6571 The first level of an
6575 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
6579 \begin_layout Enumerate
6580 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
6584 \begin_layout Enumerate
6585 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
6589 \begin_layout Enumerate
6590 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
6593 \begin_layout Enumerate
6594 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
6599 \begin_layout Enumerate
6600 Back to the third level
6604 \begin_layout Enumerate
6605 Back to the second level.
6609 \begin_layout Enumerate
6610 Back to the outermost level.
6613 \begin_layout Standard
6614 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
6619 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
6624 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
6625 not on the LyX screen.
6628 \begin_layout Standard
6629 There is more to nesting
6633 environments than we've stated here.
6639 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
6643 to learn more about nesting.
6646 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6652 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:descrlist}
6659 \begin_layout Standard
6660 Unlike the previous two environments, the
6664 list has no fixed label.
6665 Instead, LyX uses the first
6666 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6670 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6673 of the first line as the label.
6677 \begin_layout Description
6678 Example: This is an example of the
6685 \begin_layout Standard
6686 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
6690 \begin_layout Standard
6691 Now, you're probably wondering what we mean by,
6692 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6695 uses the first 'word'.
6696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6703 key does not add a whitespace character, but separates words from one another.
6712 key tells LyX to end the label if we're at the beginning of the first line
6716 \begin_layout Standard
6717 However, what if you want or need to use more than one word in the label
6722 environment? Simple: use a
6733 Special\InsetSpace ~
6738 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6743 otected\InsetSpace ~
6756 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:hspace}
6760 for more info.] Here's an example:
6763 \begin_layout Description
6765 Example: This one shows how to use a
6767 Protected\InsetSpace ~
6777 \begin_layout Description
6778 Usage: You should use the
6782 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
6783 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
6785 It's not a good idea to use a
6789 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
6790 You're better off using
6802 paragraphs into them.
6805 \begin_layout Description
6806 Nesting: You can, of course, nest
6810 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6814 \begin_layout Standard
6815 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
6816 them from the first line.
6819 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6825 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:lyxlist}
6832 \begin_layout Standard
6837 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
6841 \begin_layout Standard
6842 Now, if you jumped here without reading sections
6843 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:itemize}
6848 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:descrlist}
6861 create numbered lists.
6866 does, and it's documented in section
6867 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:enumerate}
6875 \begin_layout Standard
6884 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
6885 There are some key differences between this list environment and the other
6889 \begin_layout Labeling
6890 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6892 labels LyX uses the first
6893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6900 of each line as the item label.
6905 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
6906 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
6907 blank as described above.
6910 \begin_layout Labeling
6911 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6912 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
6913 the body of the item text.
6914 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
6915 label width plus a little extra space.
6919 \begin_layout Labeling
6920 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6922 width LyX uses one of two things for the label width: the actual width
6923 of the label, or the default width, whichever is larger.
6924 If the actual width is larger, then the label
6925 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6932 into the first line.
6933 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6934 margin of the rest of the item text.
6937 \begin_layout Labeling
6938 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6939 default\InsetSpace ~
6940 width You can very easily set this default width.
6941 It's quite painless, actually.
6942 So, you can easily ensure that the text of all items in a
6946 environment have the same left margin.
6949 \begin_layout Labeling
6950 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6951 uses You should use the
6955 environment the same way you'd use as
6959 list: when you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6965 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6969 \begin_layout Labeling
6970 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6971 nesting You can nest
6975 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6977 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6979 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
6983 to learn about nesting.
6986 \begin_layout Standard
6987 As you can see, this is a feature-packed paragraph environment!
6990 \begin_layout Standard
6991 To change the default width of the label, select the items in the list to
6993 You can also simply move the cursor into a
6997 item if you want to change only its label width.
7003 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7008 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
7022 box determines the default label width.
7023 If you really, really want to, you can use the text of your largest label
7024 here, but you don't need to.
7025 We recommend using the letter
7026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7034 It's the widest character and is a standard unit of width in LaTeX.
7035 The default label width in the example
7040 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7044 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7049 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7053 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7056 as your unit of width in the
7061 box has one more advantage: you don't need to keep changing the contents
7067 every time you alter a label in a
7074 \begin_layout Standard
7075 There's yet another feature of the
7079 environment we need to tell you about.
7080 As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item labels by default.
7081 You can use additional
7085 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
7091 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:hspace}
7096 Here are some examples:
7099 \begin_layout Labeling
7100 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM
7101 Left The default for
7108 \begin_layout Labeling
7109 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM
7116 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
7119 \begin_layout Labeling
7120 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM
7129 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
7132 \begin_layout Standard
7133 Don't worry if you have no idea what
7138 Just remember that you can use them to customize the look of the
7145 \begin_layout Standard
7146 That does it for the four paragraph environments for making lists.
7147 Oh - did we mention that you should read about nesting environments in
7149 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
7153 if you want to use any of these list environments?
7156 \begin_layout Subsection
7160 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7173 \begin_layout Standard
7174 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
7185 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
7186 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
7187 In contrast, you can use the
7196 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
7197 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
7201 \begin_layout Standard
7202 Of course, you're not limited to using
7217 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
7218 some European academic papers.
7221 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7223 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:adress_usage}
7230 \begin_layout Standard
7235 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
7236 for the opening and signature in some countries.
7242 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
7243 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
7244 Here's an example of each:
7247 \begin_layout Right Address
7254 When is it? What is today?
7257 \begin_layout Standard
7264 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
7265 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
7266 Here's an example of the
7273 \begin_layout Address
7276 Where do I send this
7278 Your post office and country
7281 \begin_layout Standard
7282 As you can see, both
7291 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
7292 Speaking of which, if you hit
7296 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
7302 This makes sense, however, since
7310 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
7321 Special\InsetSpace ~
7326 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7340 menu] to start a new line in an
7352 \begin_layout Subsection
7356 \begin_layout Standard
7357 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
7358 or list of references.
7359 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
7362 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7368 \begin_layout Standard
7373 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
7378 use this environment anywhere, but you really
7382 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
7387 environment is only useful in the
7388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7392 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7396 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7400 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7403 document classes [as well as
7404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7408 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7411 which is just a specialized version of
7412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7428 document class ignores the
7432 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
7437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7447 \begin_layout Standard
7452 environment does several things for you.
7453 First, it puts the centered label
7454 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7458 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7462 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
7464 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
7465 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
7466 the subsequent text.
7467 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
7468 If your document is in the
7469 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7473 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7476 class, the abstract actually appears on a separate page in the printed
7477 version of the file.
7480 \begin_layout Standard
7481 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
7489 reset the paragraph environment.
7490 The new paragraph will still be in the
7495 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
7496 finish entering the abstract of your document.
7499 \begin_layout Standard
7500 We'd love to give you an example of the
7504 environment, but we can't, since this document is in the
7505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7513 If you've never heard of an
7514 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7518 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7521 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
7524 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7530 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:bibliography}
7537 \begin_layout Standard
7542 environment is used to list references.
7547 use this environment anywhere, but you really
7551 only use it at the end of the document.
7552 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7556 in anything else or vice versa.
7560 \begin_layout Standard
7561 When you first open a
7565 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
7566 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7570 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7574 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7578 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7581 depending on the document class.
7582 The heading is in a large boldface font.
7583 Each paragraph of the
7587 environment is a bibliography entry.
7596 reset the paragraph environment.
7597 Each new paragraph is still in the
7604 \begin_layout Standard
7613 of each paragraph, you will see a gray button showing a number.
7614 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
7623 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
7625 For example, suppose your first entry in the bibliography was a book about
7627 We could choose the key
7628 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7632 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7636 You can also give a label, which will be displayed in the gray inset box.
7639 \begin_layout Standard
7644 field isn't useless.
7645 You can refer to your bibliography entries using the
7650 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7658 Just choose the key inside in the available keys list, then add a reference
7659 by clicking on the left arrow, which will add it to the selected keys list.
7660 Multiple references can be placed by selecting more than one key.
7665 appears at the end of this document.
7667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7671 \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexguide}
7676 \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite[Chapter 3]{latexcompanion}
7681 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7684 is an example of how to cite two of the entries in it.
7685 In the second one, we used the
7694 field of the citation dialog to add the text
7695 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7699 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7704 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7719 that you see on screen will be replaced in print by the number or the label
7720 of the bibliography entry.
7723 \begin_layout Standard
7724 The more advanced LaTeX bibliography package BibTeX is also supported by
7726 For a description of how to use it, please refer to the
7728 Extended LyX Features
7733 \begin_layout Subsection
7737 \begin_layout Standard
7738 There are three standard paragraph environments that simply don't fit any
7739 category, as they are very specialized for a particular purpose.
7740 We'll point out the highlights and uses of each.
7743 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7749 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:captionlayout}
7756 \begin_layout Standard
7761 environment is the default paragraph environment for
7772 On the LyX screen, you'll see either the label
7773 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7777 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7781 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7785 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7788 , depending on which type of
7793 The actual reference number is substituted in this label in the printed
7797 \begin_layout Standard
7798 You can't really nest things into a
7803 Additionally, hitting
7807 resets the paragraph environment to
7815 can only be a single paragraph.
7818 \begin_layout Standard
7823 environment outside of a
7835 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figures}
7840 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:tables}
7844 for more information on
7858 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7864 \begin_layout Standard
7869 environment is another LyX extension.
7870 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
7875 key as a fixed whitespace;
7879 \begin_layout Standard
7890 Protected\InsetSpace ~
7893 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7898 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7899 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
7921 reset the paragraph environment.
7922 So, when you finish using the
7926 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7935 environment inside of others.
7938 \begin_layout Standard
7939 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7942 \begin_layout Itemize
7947 at the beginning of a new paragraph [i.e.
7959 \begin_layout Itemize
7972 \begin_layout Itemize
7977 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
7984 \begin_layout Itemize
7993 \begin_layout Itemize
7994 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
7995 You must put at least one
7999 in any line you want blank.
8000 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
8003 \begin_layout Itemize
8004 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
8008 since that will insert
8013 You get the typewriter double quotes with
8021 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
8024 \begin_layout Standard
8028 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8032 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8036 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8040 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8044 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8050 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8054 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8058 \begin_layout Standard
8059 This is just the standard
8060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8071 \begin_layout Standard
8076 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
8077 rc-files, and so on.
8078 Use it only in those very, very special cases where you need to generate
8079 text as if you used a typewriter.
8082 \begin_layout Section
8083 Nesting Environments
8084 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:nest}
8091 \begin_layout Subsection
8095 \begin_layout Standard
8096 Throughout the previous sections, we've been nagging you to
8097 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8100 go read Section\InsetSpace ~
8102 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
8107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8110 So, you're probably wondering what the big deal is.
8113 \begin_layout Standard
8114 The big deal is that LyX differs rather strongly from the traditional
8115 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8119 processor-as-overglorified-typewriter
8120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8124 With a typewriter, text is merely ink on a page.
8125 Most word processors aren't much better, treating text as pixels on the
8126 screen and bytes in memory.
8127 In contrast, LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context
8128 and specific properties.
8129 However, what if you wanted one
8130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8137 to inherit some of the properties of another
8138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8142 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8148 \begin_layout Standard
8149 Here's a more specific example: outlines.
8150 You have three main points in your outline, but point #2 also has two subpoints.
8151 In other words, you have a list
8155 of another list, with the inner list
8156 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8160 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8166 \begin_layout Enumerate
8170 \begin_layout Enumerate
8175 \begin_layout Enumerate
8179 \begin_layout Enumerate
8184 \begin_layout Enumerate
8188 \begin_layout Standard
8189 How do you put a list inside of a list? By now, the answer should be obvious:
8190 you nest one list inside the other.
8194 \begin_layout Standard
8195 How to nest an environment is quite simple.
8201 ncrease\InsetSpace ~
8202 Environment\InsetSpace ~
8210 ecrease\InsetSpace ~
8211 Environment\InsetSpace ~
8221 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
8222 will tell you how far you are nested).
8225 \begin_layout Standard
8226 You can also use the convenient key bindings
8236 \begin_layout Standard
8247 are alternatives, if you prefer those bindings
8254 to change the nesting level.
8255 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
8256 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
8260 \begin_layout Standard
8261 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
8262 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
8263 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
8264 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
8265 It's hard to describe what exactly LyX does in this case.
8266 That depends specifically on what your text looks like.
8267 Your best bet is to simply play with changing the nesting depth and see
8271 \begin_layout Standard
8272 Nesting isn't just limited to lists.
8273 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
8275 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
8278 \begin_layout Subsection
8279 What You Can and Can't Nest
8282 \begin_layout Standard
8283 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
8284 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
8287 \begin_layout Standard
8288 The question of nesting is a bit more complicated than a simple yes or no,
8289 can you or can't you.
8290 There's also the question of how.
8291 Can you nest this environment into anything else? Can you nest another
8292 environment into it? A
8293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8300 to one of these doesn't guarantee a
8301 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8305 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8311 \begin_layout Standard
8312 The paragraph environments in LyX can do one of three things when it comes
8314 First, an environment may be completely unnestable.
8315 Second, there are environments that are fully nestable.
8316 You can nest them inside of things and you can also nest other things inside
8318 There is one last type of environment.
8319 You can nest them into other environments, but that's it.
8320 You can't nest anything into them.
8323 \begin_layout Standard
8324 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
8325 environments have them:
8329 \begin_layout Standard
8330 For some odd reason, LyX allows you to fully nest both
8339 Also, LyX allows you to nest
8351 into other environments.
8353 LaTeX may barf if you try it.
8354 Then again, it may not.
8355 We don't know for certain.
8356 However, it makes no sense contextually to perform any nesting with these
8357 environments, so why would you ever want to?
8365 \begin_layout Description
8366 Unnestable Can't nest them.
8367 Can't nest into them.
8371 \begin_layout Itemize
8377 \begin_layout Itemize
8383 \begin_layout Itemize
8389 \begin_layout Itemize
8396 \begin_layout Description
8398 Nestable You can nest them.
8399 You can nest other things into them.
8403 \begin_layout Itemize
8409 \begin_layout Itemize
8415 \begin_layout Itemize
8421 \begin_layout Itemize
8427 \begin_layout Itemize
8433 \begin_layout Itemize
8439 \begin_layout Itemize
8445 \begin_layout Itemize
8451 \begin_layout Itemize
8458 \begin_layout Description
8459 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
8460 You can't nest anything into them.
8464 \begin_layout Itemize
8470 \begin_layout Itemize
8476 \begin_layout Itemize
8484 \begin_layout Itemize
8490 \begin_layout Itemize
8496 \begin_layout Itemize
8504 \begin_layout Itemize
8510 \begin_layout Itemize
8516 \begin_layout Itemize
8522 \begin_layout Itemize
8528 \begin_layout Itemize
8534 \begin_layout Itemize
8540 \begin_layout Itemize
8546 \begin_layout Itemize
8553 \begin_layout Itemize
8559 \begin_layout Itemize
8566 \begin_layout Subsection
8567 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
8568 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:table-and-fig-nesting}
8575 \begin_layout Standard
8576 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
8577 affected by nesting anyhow.
8581 \begin_layout Itemize
8585 \begin_layout Itemize
8589 \begin_layout Itemize
8593 \begin_layout Standard
8594 [Note: if you put a figure or a table in a
8598 , this is no longer true.
8599 See below or look in sections
8600 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figures}
8605 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:tables}
8612 \begin_layout Standard
8613 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
8614 Well, you can't inline a table, but you can inline math and figures.
8615 If a figure or an equation is inlined, it goes wherever the paragraph it's
8619 \begin_layout Standard
8620 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
8621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8625 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8628 of its own, it behaves just like a
8629 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8633 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8636 paragraph environment.
8637 You can nest it into any environment, but you [obviously] can't nest anything
8641 \begin_layout Standard
8642 Here's an example with a table:
8645 \begin_layout Enumerate
8650 \begin_layout Enumerate
8651 This is (a) and it's nested.
8655 \begin_layout Standard
8656 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8662 \begin_layout Standard
8664 \begin_inset Tabular
8665 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8667 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
8668 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
8669 <row topline="true">
8670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8673 \begin_layout Standard
8688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8691 \begin_layout Standard
8707 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8711 \begin_layout Standard
8726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8729 \begin_layout Standard
8752 \begin_layout Standard
8753 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8760 \begin_layout Enumerate
8762 The table is actually nested inside (a).
8766 \begin_layout Enumerate
8770 \begin_layout Standard
8771 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
8774 \begin_layout Enumerate
8779 \begin_layout Enumerate
8780 This is (a) and it's nested.
8784 \begin_layout Standard
8785 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8791 \begin_layout Standard
8793 \begin_inset Tabular
8794 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8796 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
8797 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
8798 <row topline="true">
8799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8802 \begin_layout Standard
8817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8820 \begin_layout Standard
8836 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8840 \begin_layout Standard
8855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8858 \begin_layout Standard
8881 \begin_layout Standard
8882 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8888 \begin_layout Enumerate
8895 In fact, it's not nested at all.
8898 \begin_layout Enumerate
8902 \begin_layout Standard
8903 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
8907 \begin_layout Standard
8908 There's another trap you can fall into: nesting the table, but not going
8910 LyX turns anything after the table into a new [sub]list.
8913 \begin_layout Enumerate
8918 \begin_layout Enumerate
8919 This is (a) and it's nested.
8922 \begin_layout Standard
8923 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8929 \begin_layout Standard
8931 \begin_inset Tabular
8932 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8934 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
8935 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
8936 <row topline="true">
8937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8940 \begin_layout Standard
8955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8958 \begin_layout Standard
8974 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8978 \begin_layout Standard
8993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8996 \begin_layout Standard
9019 \begin_layout Standard
9020 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9026 \begin_layout Enumerate
9028 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
9036 \begin_layout Enumerate
9040 \begin_layout Standard
9041 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
9047 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
9048 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
9052 \begin_layout Standard
9053 Then there are the so-called
9062 is a block of text associated with some sort of label, but which doesn't
9063 have a fixed location.
9065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9072 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
9093 When you're editing a document in LyX, a closed
9097 looks like a gray button with a red label and goes wherever the paragraph
9103 has no fixed location in the final text, nesting has no effect on its actual
9104 location after you feed your document to LaTeX.
9107 \begin_layout Subsection
9108 Usage and General Features
9111 \begin_layout Standard
9112 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
9114 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9118 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9121 is the innermost possible depth.
9122 Here's an example to display what we mean:
9125 \begin_layout Enumerate
9126 level #1 - outermost
9130 \begin_layout Enumerate
9135 \begin_layout Enumerate
9140 \begin_layout Enumerate
9145 \begin_layout Itemize
9150 \begin_layout Itemize
9159 \begin_layout Standard
9160 Once again, LyX has a maximum of 6 levels, regardless of which specific
9161 paragraph environments you're using at a given level.
9165 \begin_layout Standard
9166 Unfortunately, LyX doesn't enforce this limitation.
9167 If you try to exceed it, however, LaTeX will return errors when you go
9168 to produce output for your document.
9173 That means that you can perform a six-fold nesting of a
9181 environment, and so on.
9182 You can also mix environments, as we shall see later.
9185 \begin_layout Standard
9186 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
9187 both of them in the example.
9188 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
9198 For example, if we tried to nest another
9203 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9207 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9214 \begin_layout Standard
9215 Once again, LyX doesn't enforce this limitation.
9216 If you try to exceed it, however, LaTeX will return errors when you go
9217 to produce output for your document.
9225 \begin_layout Subsection
9229 \begin_layout Standard
9230 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
9231 We have several examples of nested environments.
9232 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
9236 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9237 Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
9240 \begin_layout Labeling
9241 \labelwidthstring MMM
9242 #1-a This is the outermost level.
9251 \begin_layout Labeling
9252 \labelwidthstring MMM
9253 #2-a This is level #2.
9254 We created it by using
9267 \begin_layout Labeling
9268 \labelwidthstring MMM
9269 #3-a This is level #3.
9270 This time, we just hit
9280 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
9294 \begin_layout Standard
9299 environment, nested inside of
9300 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9304 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9308 So, it's at level #4.
9309 We did this by hitting
9318 , then changing the paragraph environment to
9323 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
9339 \begin_layout Standard
9344 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
9351 \begin_layout Labeling
9352 \labelwidthstring MMM
9353 #4-a This is level #4.
9358 and changed the paragraph environment back to
9363 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
9367 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
9372 keep nesting things inside of
9373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9377 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9384 \begin_layout Labeling
9385 \labelwidthstring MMM
9386 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9391 \begin_layout Labeling
9392 \labelwidthstring MMM
9393 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9394 and this is level #6.
9395 By now, you should know how we made these two.
9399 \begin_layout Labeling
9400 \labelwidthstring MMM
9401 #5-b Back to level #5.
9415 \begin_layout Labeling
9416 \labelwidthstring MMM
9426 , we're back at level #4.
9430 \begin_layout Labeling
9431 \labelwidthstring MMM
9432 #3-b Back to level #3.
9433 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
9437 \begin_layout Labeling
9438 \labelwidthstring MMM
9439 #2-b Back to level #2.
9444 \begin_layout Labeling
9445 \labelwidthstring MMM
9446 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
9447 After this sentence, we'll hit
9451 and change the paragraph environment back to
9458 \begin_layout Standard
9459 There you have it! Oh --- we could have also used the
9475 environment in place of the
9480 The example would have worked exactly the same.
9483 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9484 Example #2: Inheritance
9487 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9488 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
9491 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9501 , after which, we'll change to the
9509 \begin_layout Enumerate
9514 environment, at level #2.
9517 \begin_layout Enumerate
9518 Notice how the nested
9522 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment [
9526 ], but also inherits its font and spacing!
9530 \begin_layout Standard
9531 We ended this example by hitting
9536 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
9540 and resetting the nesting depth by using
9548 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9549 Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the
9561 \begin_layout Standard
9562 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
9570 \begin_layout Enumerate
9571 This is level #1, in an
9575 paragraph environment.
9576 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
9580 \begin_layout Enumerate
9592 Now, what happens if we nest an
9596 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
9597 label be? An asterisk?
9601 \begin_layout Itemize
9611 environment, even though it's at level #3.
9612 So, its label is a bullet.
9613 [Note: we got here by using
9622 , then changing the environment to
9630 \begin_layout Itemize
9631 Here's level #4, produced using
9641 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9646 \begin_layout Enumerate
9647 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9649 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
9654 Notice the type of numbering! It's
9682 \begin_layout Enumerate
9687 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
9688 type of numbering does LyX use?
9691 \begin_layout Enumerate
9692 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
9696 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
9699 \begin_layout Enumerate
9705 to decrease the depth after the next
9713 \begin_layout Enumerate
9715 Look what type of label LyX is using!
9719 \begin_layout Enumerate
9721 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
9722 numeral as the label.
9726 \begin_layout Enumerate
9727 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
9736 Notice, however, that LyX
9740 reset the counter for the label.
9744 \begin_layout Enumerate
9754 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
9755 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
9756 into the twofold-nested
9764 \begin_layout Enumerate
9765 The same thing happens if we do another
9774 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
9777 \begin_layout Standard
9778 Lastly, we reset the environment to
9783 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labelling
9801 surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for an
9806 The same rule applies for the
9810 environment, as well.
9813 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9814 Example #4: Going Bonkers
9817 \begin_layout Enumerate
9818 We're going to go totally nuts now.
9819 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
9820 same detail with how we did it.
9829 \begin_layout Standard
9832 Return, M-p\InsetSpace ~
9835 : level #2] We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
9836 example in brackets someplace.
9837 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
9838 The environment name is, obviously, the name of the current environment.
9839 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
9843 \begin_layout Enumerate
9848 : level #1] This is the next item in the list.
9853 Now we'll add verse.
9855 It will get much worse.
9859 Return, M-p\InsetSpace ~
9866 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
9868 Bippitey boppitey boo!
9878 Here comes a table for you:
9882 \begin_layout Standard
9883 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9889 \begin_layout Standard
9891 \begin_inset Tabular
9892 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9894 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9895 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
9897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
9900 \begin_layout Standard
9915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9918 \begin_layout Standard
9934 <row topline="true">
9935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
9938 \begin_layout Standard
9953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9956 \begin_layout Standard
9983 M-Return, Table, M-p\InsetSpace ~
9988 M-Return, Verse, M-p\InsetSpace ~
9995 \begin_layout Enumerate
10000 : level #1] This is another item.
10001 Note that selecting a
10005 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
10006 3 times to put the table inside the
10014 \begin_layout Quotation
10015 We're now ending the
10019 list and changing to
10024 We're still at level #1.
10025 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
10026 The next set of paragraphs is a
10027 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10031 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10034 We'll nest both the
10043 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
10047 for the letter body.
10052 to preserve the depth.
10053 Remember that you need to use
10057 to create multiple lines inside the
10071 \begin_layout Right Address
10074 Moosegroin, MT 00100
10079 \begin_layout Address
10080 Dear Mr.\InsetSpace ~
10084 \begin_layout Quotation
10085 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50L of compressed
10086 methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
10087 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
10088 a backlog in our orders for methane.
10089 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
10090 as soon as possible.
10091 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
10094 \begin_layout Quotation
10095 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
10096 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
10097 with your order, along with payment.
10100 \begin_layout Quotation
10101 We thank you again for your patience.
10104 \begin_layout Address
10111 \begin_layout Quotation
10112 That ends that example!
10115 \begin_layout Standard
10116 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
10117 just a few keystrokes.
10118 We could have easily nested an
10139 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
10142 \begin_layout Section
10143 Fonts and Text Styles
10146 \begin_layout Subsection
10150 \begin_layout Standard
10151 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10152 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10153 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10154 font to emphasize text, you use an
10155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10163 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10164 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10168 \begin_layout Standard
10169 Right now, LyX allows you to specify a global default font, and has two
10183 style corresponds to an italics font.
10188 style corresponds to a font in smallcaps, which some languages and writing
10189 styles use to typeset proper names.
10190 The LyX Team has at last (as of LyX version\InsetSpace ~
10191 1.4) introduced true character
10192 styles, but currently these must be defined explicitly in the document
10194 There's currently no GUI support to define new, or tweak existing, character
10195 styles to allow you, the user, to customize which font changes correspond
10199 \begin_layout Subsection
10203 \begin_layout Standard
10204 You can set the default font from the
10209 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10221 tabfolder/pane offers you a variety of possibilities to set up and adjust
10222 your document fonts.
10223 The most important ones are those in the
10232 The possible options under
10237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10248 and a list of fonts available on your system, each for the
10270 (a.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10271 k.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10273 Monospaced) family of fonts.
10275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10283 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10286 uses the fonts that are specified by the document class you are using.
10287 Often, these are the standard TeX fonts, known as
10288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10296 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10304 Depending on the document class, however, it might as well be another font.
10305 Most fonts in the list should be installed on your system.
10306 For others, you might have to get and install the fonts first (LyX indicates
10307 if a font is not installed).
10308 Please have a look at
10313 elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10320 about where to get the fonts.
10321 Installing a new font for LaTeX is, unfortunately, not as easy as installing
10322 a new font to common operation systems.
10323 However, most font packages include a step-by-step instruction.
10326 \begin_layout Standard
10327 In most cases, the default family of a document class is roman (a.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10328 k.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10330 serif), so the roman font (e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10332 Times) will be used all over, unless you select
10333 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10337 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10341 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10345 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10353 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10360 for specific selections of the text (see below section
10361 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sub:Text-Style-Dialog}
10372 Default\InsetSpace ~
10375 option lets you change this.
10376 So if you want your document (including footnotes etc.), say, all over in
10378 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10382 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10390 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10394 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10399 Default\InsetSpace ~
10405 \begin_layout Standard
10415 group, you can usually select from four possible
10432 (some document classes provide more, some less choices).
10433 Remember, this is the
10438 LyX actually scales all of the other possible font sizes (such as those
10439 used in footnotes, superscripts, and subscripts) by this value.
10440 You can always fine-tune the font size from within the document if you
10442 It's also rather silly to use an 8pt or 24pt font as the default font size,
10443 as this typically renders your document unreadable.
10446 \begin_layout Standard
10447 Some Sans Serif and Typewriter Fonts provide the possibility to be scaled.
10448 This might be useful, if a Sans Serif or Typewriter Font has a different
10449 height than the Roman Font.
10450 Please be careful with this option, it can be easily misused.
10453 \begin_layout Standard
10458 group box, you'll finally find possibilities for using so-called
10459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10463 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10466 , given that they are provided by a certain font.
10475 indicates that lots of fonts do not use real, but
10480 True Small Caps are specifically designed characters, whereas faked Small
10481 Caps are just scaled Capital letters.
10482 The former looks way better, so if a font offers you the choice, you should
10492 finally lets you select so called Old Style Figures (a.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10493 k.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10495 Medieval Figures, i.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10497 figures with ascending or descending form) instead of the standard Lining
10499 Old Style Figures are often preferred due to better legibility in the text,
10500 but it's certainly also a matter of taste.
10501 Just try it out, if it is provided for your font of choice.
10502 Note that math figures are
10506 affected by this choice.
10509 \begin_layout Standard
10510 Please note that even if LyX tries its best in guessing what fonts are installed
10511 and which options are provided by a given font, it might fail if the fonts
10512 are not set up correctly.
10515 \begin_layout Standard
10516 Note further that once you choose a new value for
10537 You'll only see a difference once you generate the final output.
10538 This is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
10539 The only visible change is caused by a change of the default font family.
10540 However, you certainly noticed that, for instance, the roman font on screen
10541 is just a representation of
10542 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10546 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10554 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10561 dialog), not of the actual roman document font.
10564 \begin_layout Subsection
10565 Using Different Character Styles
10568 \begin_layout Standard
10569 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10570 certain paragraph environments.
10571 We also mentioned two other character styles,
10580 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10584 \begin_layout Standard
10589 style, do one of the following:
10592 \begin_layout Itemize
10593 click on the toolbar button with the person-shaped icon
10596 \begin_layout Itemize
10603 \begin_layout Standard
10604 These commands are all toggles.
10609 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10612 \begin_layout Standard
10613 One typically uses the
10617 style for proper names.
10619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10626 is the original author of LyX.
10627 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10633 \begin_layout Standard
10634 A more widely used character style is the
10639 You can activate [or deactivate - it's also a toggle] the
10646 \begin_layout Itemize
10647 clicking on the toolbar button with the
10648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10658 \begin_layout Itemize
10659 using the keybindings
10665 \begin_layout Standard
10670 style is equivalent to an italicized font.
10671 We have plans to make that association more user-configurable in the future.
10674 \begin_layout Standard
10675 We've been using the
10679 style all over the place in this document.
10680 Here's one more example:
10683 \begin_layout Quotation
10686 Don't overuse character styles!
10689 \begin_layout Standard
10690 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
10691 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
10692 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
10693 the common tendency to overuse character style.
10697 \begin_layout Standard
10698 Oh --- one last note: You can always reset to the default font using the
10707 \begin_layout Subsection
10708 Fine-Tuning with the
10713 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:Text-Style-Dialog}
10720 \begin_layout Standard
10721 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
10722 gives you a way to create custom character style.
10723 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
10724 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
10728 \begin_layout Standard
10733 : There is, in fact, such a style sheet for the LyX Documentation, since
10734 manuals need a certain amount of consistency.
10739 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
10740 from ordinary dialogue.
10743 \begin_layout Standard
10744 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
10745 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles.
10746 Many modern word processors have a vast array of fonts available to them,
10747 providing you with the power of a printing press.
10748 Unfortunately, there is a tendency to overuse that power.
10750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10753 Using a sledgehammer to swat a fly,
10754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10758 And, as the old saying implies, documents that overuse different fonts
10759 and sizes tend to look like someone's knocked huge holes in them.
10762 \begin_layout Standard
10763 Enough complaining.
10766 \begin_layout Standard
10767 To use custom fonts, open the
10772 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10781 There are seven buttons on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
10782 font property which you can choose.
10783 You can choose an option for one of these seven properties, or select
10788 , which keeps the current state of that property.
10793 will reset the property to whatever is the default for the hosting paragraph
10795 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
10796 environments in a snap.
10799 \begin_layout Standard
10800 The seven font properties, and their options [in addition to
10812 \begin_layout Labeling
10813 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
10822 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10826 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10830 The possible options are:
10834 \begin_layout Labeling
10835 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10840 This is the Roman font family.
10844 \begin_layout Standard
10845 It's also the default family.
10855 \begin_layout Labeling
10856 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10864 This is the Sans Serif font family.
10868 \begin_layout Standard
10878 \begin_layout Labeling
10879 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10886 This is the Typewriter font family.
10890 \begin_layout Standard
10901 \begin_layout Labeling
10902 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
10910 This corresponds to the print weight.
10915 \begin_layout Labeling
10916 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10921 This is the Medium font series.
10925 \begin_layout Standard
10926 It's also the default series.
10930 \begin_layout Labeling
10931 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10938 This is the Bold font series.
10942 \begin_layout Standard
10943 You can toggle this series on or off with the keybinding
10953 \begin_layout Labeling
10954 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
10963 As the name implies.
10968 \begin_layout Labeling
10969 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10974 This is the Upright font shape.
10978 \begin_layout Standard
10979 It's also the default shape.
10983 \begin_layout Labeling
10984 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10995 s the Italic font shape
11001 \begin_layout Labeling
11002 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11009 This is the Slanted font shape
11014 (although it might not be visible on screen, this is different from italic).
11017 \begin_layout Labeling
11018 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11026 This is the Small caps font shape
11033 \begin_layout Labeling
11034 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
11043 Alters the size of the font.
11044 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11045 nal to the default font size.
11046 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11047 what you want to do.
11051 \begin_layout Standard
11052 The options [and their keybindings] are:
11055 \begin_layout Labeling
11056 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11075 \begin_layout Standard
11090 \begin_layout Labeling
11091 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11098 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11102 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11109 \begin_layout Standard
11119 \begin_layout Labeling
11120 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11127 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11131 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11138 \begin_layout Standard
11153 \begin_layout Labeling
11154 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11173 \begin_layout Standard
11188 \begin_layout Labeling
11189 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11195 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11199 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11206 \begin_layout Standard
11207 It's also the default size.
11222 \begin_layout Labeling
11223 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11242 \begin_layout Standard
11257 \begin_layout Labeling
11258 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11266 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11277 \begin_layout Standard
11292 \begin_layout Labeling
11293 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11301 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11305 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11312 \begin_layout Standard
11322 \begin_layout Labeling
11323 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11331 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11335 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11342 \begin_layout Standard
11357 \begin_layout Labeling
11358 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11377 \begin_layout Standard
11392 \begin_layout Standard
11397 : don't go crazy with this feature.
11398 You should almost never need to change the font size.
11399 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
11400 - use that instead.
11401 This is here for fine-tuning
11407 \begin_layout Labeling
11408 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
11416 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
11421 \begin_layout Labeling
11422 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11429 This is text with emphasize on
11435 \begin_layout Standard
11436 This might seem like the same as
11440 , but it is actually a bit different.
11441 If you use emphasize on italicized text, it will make it upright.
11442 In future versions of LyX, we hope to let you customize the exact behavior
11451 \begin_layout Labeling
11452 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11459 This is text with Underbar on.
11463 \begin_layout Standard
11473 \begin_layout Labeling
11474 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11481 This is text with Noun on.
11485 \begin_layout Standard
11490 , this is a logical attribute.
11491 For the moment, it is equivalent to
11496 , but that is bound to change some day.
11500 \begin_layout Standard
11501 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
11502 when you couldn't change fonts.
11503 We no longer need to resort to emphasizing text by overstriking it with
11504 an underscore character.
11505 It's only included in LyX because it's also in LaTeX, and because some
11510 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions (and in
11511 fact we use it in these manuals to indicate keyboard shortcuts for menu
11516 \begin_layout Labeling
11517 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11522 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
11523 Of course, you need to have a color printer to exploit this, but you also
11528 LaTeX package installed.
11533 is not able to display these colors.
11544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11548 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11551 , you can choose between
11586 \begin_layout Labeling
11587 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11592 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
11593 the language of the document.
11594 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change.
11597 \begin_layout Standard
11598 You have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
11601 \begin_layout Standard
11602 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
11607 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11615 dialog, you can activate it using the toolbar button labelled
11616 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11620 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11631 The toolbar button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style
11632 even when the dialog isn't visible.
11636 \begin_layout Standard
11637 As we stated earlier, to completely reset the character style to the default,
11644 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
11645 (suppose you just sent the shape to
11646 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11650 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11654 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11658 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11663 Toggle on all these
11676 \begin_layout Standard
11677 We conclude with the same warning we've been spewing: Don't overuse the
11679 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a horrible substitute for good
11681 Your writing should speak for itself --- and will.
11684 \begin_layout Section
11685 Printing and Previewing
11688 \begin_layout Subsection
11692 \begin_layout Standard
11693 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
11694 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
11695 Before we tell you that, however, we want to give you a quickie explanation
11696 of what goes on behind-the-scenes.
11697 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
11704 \begin_layout Standard
11705 LyX uses a program called
11706 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11710 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11714 (Actually, LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system,
11715 but to prevent confusion, we'll just refer to the whole magilla as
11716 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11720 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11723 ) Think of it this way: LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
11724 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
11725 This happens in a couple of stages:
11728 \begin_layout Enumerate
11729 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
11730 generating a file with the extension,
11731 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11739 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11746 \begin_layout Enumerate
11747 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
11751 file to produce printable output.
11752 It doesn't know anything about your printer, however.
11753 Instead, LaTeX produces what's known as a
11757 file, or DVI for short.
11758 The actual output is in a file with the extension,
11759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11771 DVI files are completely portable; you can move them from one machine to
11772 another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
11776 \begin_layout Description
11777 NOTE: The DVI file only contains what was in the LaTeX file itself.
11778 If you have included PostScript pictures in your document, there will only
11779 be a link to these files.
11780 So don't forget these files if you move your
11784 file to another computer.
11788 \begin_layout Enumerate
11794 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11798 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11801 Once you have it, you can view it, print it, or convert it to other formats.
11805 \begin_layout Enumerate
11810 files using a program called
11817 \begin_layout Enumerate
11818 Some printers and Unix systems understand DVI, and can print your
11825 \begin_layout Enumerate
11826 Nowadays, most printers understand the PostScript format.
11827 LyX automatically converts the
11831 file to a PostScript file for you when you go to print out your document.
11832 LyX will also let you preview a PostScript version of your document using
11841 \begin_layout Standard
11842 One advantage of using PostScript® is that the converter program [called
11847 ] takes any PostScript graphics you may have included in your document and
11848 puts it into the resulting PostScript version of your document.
11849 It also includes any special fonts you may have used.
11850 That makes the PostScript version much, much more portable than the DVI
11856 \begin_layout Standard
11857 LyX does all of these steps automagically for you.
11860 \begin_layout Standard
11861 As you have seen, a lot of things happen before you get a hardcopy or a
11862 preview of your document.
11863 So, don't worry if printing requires a bit more time than with other word
11865 The printed result is worth the wait.
11866 Quality always has its price.
11869 \begin_layout Subsection
11870 Quick Viewing with xdvi
11873 \begin_layout Standard
11874 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
11875 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, select
11880 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11891 \begin_layout Standard
11892 When all of the behind-the-scenes action is done, LyX calls the program
11898 You can now look at the results.
11899 [If you want more info on the
11910 \begin_layout Description
11911 Helpful-Tip: Keep the
11915 window open, maybe moving it to another desktop.
11916 Then, after you make changes to your document, just use
11921 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11926 pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11943 program will automatically reread the
11947 file and give you an updated view.
11950 \begin_layout Subsection
11951 Viewing the PostScript Version with ghostview
11954 \begin_layout Standard
11959 to view your document is the easiest and fastest way.
11960 There may be times, however, when you want to look at the PostScript version.
11961 One reason is fonts.
11965 \begin_layout Standard
11970 : Another reason is paranoia.
11971 I always like to look at the PostScript file before I print it, just so
11972 I see exactly what went to the printer\SpecialChar \ldots{}
11978 You can use PostScript fonts in a LaTeX document, but
11987 or some other PostScript file viewer to see the actual results.
11990 \begin_layout Standard
11991 To view the PostScript version of your document, select
12007 When all of the magic behind-the-scenes is done, LyX calls the program
12012 You can now look at the results.
12015 \begin_layout Standard
12016 You've guessed what the
12021 pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12035 menu does, haven't you? Remember to click once in the
12039 window after this command to update the view.
12042 \begin_layout Subsection
12046 \begin_layout Standard
12047 To print a file, select
12061 menu, or click on the toolbar button with the printer on it.
12069 \begin_layout Standard
12070 You can choose to only print even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
12071 is useful for printing on two sides: you can re-insert the pages after
12072 printing one set of pages, to print on the other side.
12073 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
12074 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
12075 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
12078 \begin_layout Standard
12079 You can set the parameters in the
12086 \begin_layout Labeling
12087 \labelwidthstring MMMM
12095 This is the name of the printer to print to.
12099 \begin_layout Standard
12100 Note that this printer name isn't for the
12113 has to be configured for this printer name.
12115 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:dvipsconfig}
12123 documentation for details.
12124 The default printer can also be set in
12133 The printer should understand PostScript files.
12136 \begin_layout Labeling
12137 \labelwidthstring MMMM
12145 The name of a file to print to.
12146 The output will be in Post\SpecialChar \-
12148 The file will generally be written in the current directory, unless you
12149 specify the full path.
12152 \begin_layout Standard
12153 Note that printing may need little time, since LaTeX,
12157 and, if you don't have a PostScript printer,
12161 have to process your document.
12164 \begin_layout Section
12165 A Few Words about Typography
12168 \begin_layout Subsection
12169 Hyphens and Hyphenation
12170 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:hyphens}
12177 \begin_layout Standard
12179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12187 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12190 character comes in three lengths, often called the
12205 \begin_layout Enumerate
12211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12225 \begin_layout Enumerate
12231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12240 \begin_layout Standard
12252 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12258 \begin_layout Enumerate
12264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12273 \begin_layout Standard
12286 \begin_layout Standard
12298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12304 \begin_layout Enumerate
12308 \begin_inset Formula $-$
12314 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12322 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12328 \begin_layout Standard
12329 You generate these by using the
12330 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12338 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12341 character multiple times in a row.
12342 LyX automatically converts them to the appropriate length dash in the final
12346 \begin_layout Standard
12347 The three types of dash are distinct from the minus sign, which appears
12348 in math mode and has a length of its own.
12349 Here are some examples of the
12350 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12358 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12364 \begin_layout Enumerate
12365 line- and page-breaks
12374 \begin_layout Enumerate
12384 \begin_layout Enumerate
12385 Oh --- there's a dash.
12394 \begin_layout Enumerate
12395 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
12407 \begin_layout Standard
12408 Those of you reading this from within LyX will see no difference, though
12409 there is one in the printed version.
12412 \begin_layout Standard
12413 One more note about hyphenation --- LyX automatically breaks up words and
12414 inserts hyphens in English text.
12415 The words won't be hyphenated until you generate the final output.
12418 \begin_layout Standard
12419 Actually, it's LaTeX that does this, and it will also hyphenate words in
12425 To know whether (PDF)LaTeX hyphenates for
12429 language, look at any log file produced by a LaTeX run: it will say
12432 \begin_layout Quote
12435 Babel <v3.7h> and hyphenation patterns for american, french, german, ngerman,
12436 nohyphenation, loaded.
12439 \begin_layout Standard
12440 This tells you that, e.g., if you write in Finnish, you're out of luck.
12441 Study (for the teTeX distribution of LaTeX) the utilities
12449 in order to switch hyphenation on for your language by
12450 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12454 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12457 the relevant line in a file typically named
12462 Sorry for the inconvenience.
12465 \begin_layout Standard
12466 If, for whatever reason, LaTeX
12470 can't break a word correctly (e.g., a compound word), you can set hyphenation
12472 This is done with the menu item
12474 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
12483 Special\InsetSpace ~
12498 Note that these extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
12499 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will totally ignore them.
12502 \begin_layout Subsection
12506 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12507 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
12508 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:abbrev}
12515 \begin_layout Standard
12516 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
12517 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
12518 LaTeX then adds the
12519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12522 appropriate amount of space
12523 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12526 : sentences get a little bit more space between the period and the next
12528 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
12531 \begin_layout Standard
12532 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation and
12533 what's the end of a sentence is really quite brain-dead.
12535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12543 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12546 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
12547 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
12550 \begin_layout Standard
12551 Here are some examples of
12555 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
12558 \begin_layout Itemize
12563 \begin_layout Itemize
12568 \begin_layout Standard
12569 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
12570 and here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
12573 \begin_layout Itemize
12576 this is too much space!
12579 \begin_layout Itemize
12584 \begin_layout Standard
12585 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
12588 \begin_layout Standard
12589 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
12592 \begin_layout Enumerate
12595 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
12598 after lowercase abbreviations (see section\InsetSpace ~
12600 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:normblank-lbreak-horline}
12607 \begin_layout Enumerate
12613 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section\InsetSpace ~
12615 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:thinblank-lbreak-horline}
12622 \begin_layout Enumerate
12627 sentence\InsetSpace ~
12635 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12640 pecial\InsetSpace ~
12643 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
12644 This function is also bound to
12651 \begin_layout Standard
12652 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
12655 \begin_layout Itemize
12656 e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
12657 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
12658 this is too much space!
12661 \begin_layout Itemize
12662 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
12666 \begin_layout Standard
12667 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
12668 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry about all
12670 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
12676 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12684 feature described in
12691 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12693 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:quotes}
12700 \begin_layout Standard
12701 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
12702 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
12703 and use a closing quote at the end.
12705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12709 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12713 The keyboard character,
12717 , generates this automatically.
12720 \begin_layout Standard
12723 New in version 1.4:
12725 To get single quotation marks, you have to press
12730 This produces quotation marks like this:
12731 \begin_inset Quotes els
12737 \begin_layout Standard
12738 You can also select quotes for different languages via the
12746 There are six choices:
12749 \begin_layout Labeling
12750 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12762 Use quotes like this
12763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12771 \begin_inset Quotes els
12775 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12781 \begin_layout Labeling
12782 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12785 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12789 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12795 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12799 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12803 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12809 \begin_layout Labeling
12810 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12813 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12817 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12823 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12827 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12831 \begin_inset Quotes gls
12835 \begin_inset Quotes grs
12841 \begin_layout Labeling
12842 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12845 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12849 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12855 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12859 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12863 \begin_inset Quotes pls
12867 \begin_inset Quotes prs
12873 \begin_layout Labeling
12874 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12877 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12881 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12887 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12891 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12895 \begin_inset Quotes fls
12899 \begin_inset Quotes frs
12905 \begin_layout Labeling
12906 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12909 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12913 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12919 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12923 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12927 \begin_inset Quotes als
12931 \begin_inset Quotes ars
12937 \begin_layout Standard
12938 Again, this affects what character the
12945 \begin_layout Standard
12946 On the other hand, if you want to produce a bona-fide quote character, type
12959 \begin_layout Subsection
12961 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ligatures}
12968 \begin_layout Standard
12969 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
12970 print them as single characters.
12971 These groups are known as
12976 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your LyX documents will contain them,
12978 Here are the possible ligatures:
12981 \begin_layout Itemize
12985 \begin_layout Itemize
12989 \begin_layout Itemize
12993 \begin_layout Itemize
12997 \begin_layout Itemize
13001 \begin_layout Standard
13002 Once in a while, though, you don't want a ligature in a word.
13003 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
13004 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13008 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13011 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
13012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13016 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13027 To break a ligature, use
13032 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13033 Special\InsetSpace ~
13040 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
13043 Ligature\InsetSpace ~
13048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13059 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
13061 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13076 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
13078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13084 \begin_layout Subsection
13086 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:widows}
13093 \begin_layout Standard
13094 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
13096 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
13097 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
13098 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
13099 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
13100 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
13101 These dangly-bits of text became known as
13112 \begin_layout Standard
13113 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
13114 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
13115 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
13116 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
13117 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
13118 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
13119 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
13122 \begin_layout Standard
13123 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
13124 or how you can tweak that behavior.
13125 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as\InsetSpace ~
13127 \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexcompanion}
13133 \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexguide}
13137 ] may have more information.
13138 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
13141 \begin_layout Chapter
13142 Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes
13143 \begin_inset OptArg
13146 \begin_layout Standard
13147 Tables, Figures, and Notes
13155 \begin_layout Section
13159 \begin_layout Standard
13160 Unlike other typesetting programs, LyX uses
13161 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13168 boxes instead of displaying its footnotes at the bottom of the screen or
13169 somewhere else in your text.
13170 When you insert a footnote with
13179 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
13204 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13208 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13211 appearing within your text.
13212 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
13213 You can enter your text into this box.
13215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13234 label, the box will
13235 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13239 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13247 Clicking on the button again will
13252 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13256 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13263 \begin_layout Standard
13264 To close this footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
13269 You will not see any numbers within LyX.
13270 You don't need to worry about those, anyhow, because LyX does the numbering
13271 for you, as well as putting the footnote at the bottom of the correct page,
13272 when it processes your file.
13273 If you want to turn already existing text into a footnote, simply mark
13274 it and click on the footnote button (a picture of text with an arrow pointing
13275 to stuff in the bottom margin).
13276 Vice versa, you can change a footnote to regular text by hitting the
13284 key when the cursor is in the first position of a footnote, or by hitting
13293 key when the cursor is in the very last position of the footnote, respectively
13294 (this works for all
13295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13299 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13305 \begin_layout Standard
13306 What LyX cannot do, yet, is take care of special needs like setting the
13307 footnote numbering back to 1 after each section in the
13308 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13316 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13321 document class or changing the counter
13326 You'll need to insert LaTeX commands like th
13334 Tricks for Footnotes and Marginpars
13337 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13349 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13355 \begin_layout Description
13356 NOTE: A float in LaTeX and LyX isn't a simple paragraph as with usual word
13358 It is a complex text structure that may contain everything except floats.
13359 That means you can use all the layouts inside a float, even figures and
13361 You may not need this too often, but if you do occasionally need it, it's
13365 \begin_layout Section
13369 \begin_layout Standard
13370 Margin notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
13371 When you insert a margin note via
13377 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13393 or the toolbar button (which contains a picture of text in a margin with
13394 an arrow pointing to it), you'll see
13410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13414 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13417 appearing within your text.
13418 \begin_inset Marginal
13421 \begin_layout Standard
13422 This is a margin note.
13427 This box is LyX's representation of your margin note.
13428 You can enter your text into this box.
13430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13443 label, the box will
13444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13448 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13452 You can access it at a later time by clicking on the
13459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13463 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13469 \begin_layout Standard
13470 As a default, LyX uses 1.9 cm (0.75 inches) as the margin width to allow room
13472 This might not be what you're looking for, but as with footnotes, LyX cannot
13473 yet do everything LaTeX has to offer.
13474 You might want to consult your LaTeX handbook for additional commands.
13478 \begin_layout Section
13479 Figures and Imported Graphics
13480 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:figures}
13487 \begin_layout Standard
13488 No document preparation system is complete without the ability to import
13489 graphics from other utilities into the document.
13490 In LyX, these are referred to as ``figures'' whether they are actually
13491 figures in the traditional sense or simply some kind of imported image.
13495 \begin_layout Standard
13496 Note that figures referred to here are do not have captions and sit wherever
13497 in the document you place them.
13498 If you need one of these features, see sec.\InsetSpace ~
13500 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats}
13507 \begin_layout Standard
13508 To place a figure in your document, click on the second right-most icon
13509 on the toolbar, or select
13514 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13525 \begin_layout Standard
13526 A dialog will appear for you to choose the file to load.
13527 You can also change any settings you need to in this dialog.
13530 \begin_layout Standard
13532 \begin_inset Graphics
13533 filename mobius.eps
13536 rotateOrigin center
13543 \begin_layout Standard
13544 This dialog has numerous parameters, though most should be self-explanatory.
13549 tab allows you to choose your image file (note that a wide variety of image
13550 formats are supported automatically).
13551 The figure can be transformed by setting a rotation angle, using a bounding
13555 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{cap:Units-for-image}
13559 describes all available units.
13560 It is possible to set a bounding box automatically for some image formats
13563 Bounding\InsetSpace ~
13567 Note that it is possible to control the display of the figure in LyX and
13568 the display in the final document separately, which can be very useful
13570 LaTeX wizards can specify additional LaTeX options in the
13575 You can also set the
13579 option here, for use in figure floats (see Section\InsetSpace ~
13581 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats}
13588 \begin_layout Subsection
13592 \begin_layout Standard
13593 LyX has the ability to handle literally any graphics format in the known
13594 universe so long as a conversion path from this graphics format to the
13595 target output format can be created.
13596 If that sounds a little obtuse, consider how LyX handles Encapsulated PostScrip
13598 LaTeX provides native support for this format, so LyX needs do nothing
13605 LaTeX command to insert the figure in the final document.
13608 \begin_layout Standard
13609 \begin_inset Float table
13615 \begin_layout Caption
13616 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{cap:Units-for-image}
13620 Units for setting the image size
13623 \begin_layout Standard
13624 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
13630 \begin_layout Standard
13632 \begin_inset Tabular
13633 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
13635 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
13636 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
13637 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
13638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13641 \begin_layout Standard
13647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13650 \begin_layout Standard
13657 <row topline="true">
13658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13661 \begin_layout Standard
13667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13670 \begin_layout Standard
13677 <row topline="true">
13678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13681 \begin_layout Standard
13687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13690 \begin_layout Standard
13697 <row topline="true">
13698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13701 \begin_layout Standard
13707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13710 \begin_layout Standard
13717 <row topline="true">
13718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13721 \begin_layout Standard
13727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13730 \begin_layout Standard
13731 point (72.27 pt = 1 in)
13737 <row topline="true">
13738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13741 \begin_layout Standard
13747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13750 \begin_layout Standard
13751 pica (1 pc = 12 pt)
13757 <row topline="true">
13758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13761 \begin_layout Standard
13767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13770 \begin_layout Standard
13771 scaled point (65536 sp = 1 pt)
13777 <row topline="true">
13778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13781 \begin_layout Standard
13787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13790 \begin_layout Standard
13791 big point (72 bp = 1 in)
13797 <row topline="true">
13798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13801 \begin_layout Standard
13807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13810 \begin_layout Standard
13812 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
13816 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
13825 <row topline="true">
13826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13829 \begin_layout Standard
13835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13838 \begin_layout Standard
13839 cicero (1cc = 12 dd)
13845 <row topline="true">
13846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13849 \begin_layout Standard
13855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13858 \begin_layout Standard
13859 % of original image width
13865 <row topline="true">
13866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13869 \begin_layout Standard
13875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13878 \begin_layout Standard
13885 <row topline="true">
13886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13889 \begin_layout Standard
13895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13898 \begin_layout Standard
13905 <row topline="true">
13906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13909 \begin_layout Standard
13915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13918 \begin_layout Standard
13925 <row topline="true">
13926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13929 \begin_layout Standard
13935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13938 \begin_layout Standard
13945 <row topline="true">
13946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13949 \begin_layout Standard
13955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13958 \begin_layout Standard
13965 <row topline="true">
13966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13969 \begin_layout Standard
13975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13978 \begin_layout Standard
13985 <row topline="true">
13986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13989 \begin_layout Standard
13995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13998 \begin_layout Standard
14009 <row topline="true">
14010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14013 \begin_layout Standard
14019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14022 \begin_layout Standard
14033 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14037 \begin_layout Standard
14043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14046 \begin_layout Standard
14047 math unit (1 mu = 1/18 em)
14065 \begin_layout Standard
14066 To view the figure on the LyX screen, however, some additional work is required
14067 because neither the XForms nor the Qt GUI libraries can load PostScript®
14068 figures themselves.
14069 The XForms library can load figures in the following, widely used graphics
14102 whilst the Qt library can also handle
14115 Thus, LyX must initiate a conversion from Encapsulated PostScript® to a
14116 loadable graphics format.
14119 \begin_layout Standard
14120 It does this using the powerful, configurable converters mechanism exposed
14132 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
14141 If LyX cannot create a conversion path (which might have many steps) from
14142 Encapsulated PostScript® to one of the loadable formats listed above, then
14143 it defaults to the use of ImageMagick's
14148 If, after all that, LyX
14152 cannot load the figure, then it'll tell you so with a message
14153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14156 Error converting to loadable format
14157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14160 in place of an on-screen view of your figure.
14161 If you're presented with such a message, then you'll need to augment the
14162 list of known converters.
14165 \begin_layout Standard
14166 This strategy is used both to generate on-screen views of your image and
14167 when generating the final document.
14168 In the latter case, the LaTeX compiler must be supplied with graphics files
14169 in PostScript® format.
14170 Similarly the PDFLaTeX compiler requires files in
14183 LyX will handle the necessary conversions behind the scenes.
14186 \begin_layout Subsection
14190 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14191 Using Figure Floats
14192 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:figurefloats}
14199 \begin_layout Standard
14200 The problem with inserting figures straight into your text is that they
14201 might make the pagination of your document extremely awkward.
14202 To suit the LyX mentality of automating such processes, you might find
14203 it preferable to use
14205 Figure\InsetSpace ~
14208 , which LyX (actually, LaTeX) is free to move about your document as it
14209 deems necessary for a good fit.
14210 In return, LyX automates the listing of these figures and allows you to
14211 place a caption on them, using the
14215 environment explained in Section\InsetSpace ~
14217 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:captionlayout}
14224 \begin_layout Standard
14227 Figure\InsetSpace ~
14235 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14240 t\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14244 You will get a float without a figure in it; use the toolbar icon described
14245 above to insert the actual figure.
14248 \begin_layout Standard
14249 \begin_inset Float figure
14255 \begin_layout Caption
14256 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{fig:escher}
14264 \begin_layout Standard
14266 \begin_inset Graphics
14267 filename escher-lsd.eps
14269 rotateOrigin center
14281 \begin_layout Standard
14282 \begin_inset Float figure
14288 \begin_layout Standard
14290 \begin_inset Graphics
14291 filename platypus.eps
14293 rotateOrigin center
14300 \begin_layout Caption
14301 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{fig:kill-plat}
14305 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
14313 \begin_layout Standard
14314 It seems simple, but there is subtlety involved in the placement of the
14316 If you prefer your caption to appear below the figure, then you must press
14317 return when the cursor is at the very start of the caption, and insert
14318 the figure in the new paragraph created above the caption; or you can delete
14319 the caption and recreate it by selecting the
14323 environment after the figure has been inserted.
14324 This is what we did for figure
14325 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{fig:kill-plat}
14330 If the cursor is in a paragraph after the caption when you insert the
14334 then it will be inserted after the caption, as was the case for
14335 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{fig:escher}
14340 It is preferred to use one
14349 This allows LyX [actually LaTeX] to best position each figure.
14352 \begin_layout Standard
14353 Right-clicking on a float opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
14354 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float (see
14355 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:float-locn}
14365 is only useful for two-column documents: if you select it, the float will
14366 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
14370 \begin_layout Standard
14371 This figure also shows how we place a label and create a cross-reference
14372 to it; as you would expect from reading section
14373 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:crossref}
14377 you can simply insert a
14384 in the caption and refer to it using a
14393 It is especially important to use these with figure floats, rather than
14394 using vague references to
14395 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14399 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14402 as LaTeX will reposition your floats for you in the final document; it
14404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14408 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14412 If it is not possible to fit the floats neatly on the same page as the
14413 text which refers to it, the figures will be placed on a separate page
14415 Rest assured that the overall effect is usually quite nice.
14418 \begin_layout Standard
14419 Note that the caption is used in a
14429 (as described in Section\InsetSpace ~
14431 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:ListsOf}
14435 ) automatically, should you choose to include one in your document.
14438 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14440 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:float-locn}
14447 \begin_layout Standard
14448 Now, the whole idea behind
14450 Figure\InsetSpace ~
14458 , which we introduce later] is to allow LyX to place a figure [or table]
14459 on a page in a consistent, sensible fashion.
14460 The rules LaTeX uses are rather arcane; refer to the LaTeX documentation
14461 for the exact details.
14462 You can use check boxes in the float dialog to set placement for a particular
14464 By default, each float uses the document's default placement rules.
14465 You can change these, if you wish, in the
14470 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14483 box takes a LaTeX-style placement specification.
14484 You can place any combination of four letters in the
14492 \begin_layout Itemize
14502 \begin_layout Itemize
14512 \begin_layout Itemize
14522 \begin_layout Itemize
14532 \begin_layout Standard
14533 The letters correspond to the following behaviour:
14536 \begin_layout Description
14537 Here: LyX tries to put the
14541 at the same point in the text where you put it.
14545 \begin_layout Standard
14546 If there isn't enough room, LyX tries one of the other three location types.
14550 \begin_layout Description
14551 Top: LyX tries to put the
14555 at the top of the current page.
14556 If the figure won't fit on the current page, it goes to the next page.
14559 \begin_layout Description
14560 Bottom: LyX tries to put the
14564 at the bottom of the current page.
14565 If there isn't room, it goes to the next page.
14568 \begin_layout Description
14569 Page: LyX tries to put the
14577 s) on a page of its own.
14580 \begin_layout Standard
14581 There is some subtlety to how this all works.
14582 The order specifies what location LyX should try first.
14583 If that one fails, it tries the next one, and so on, though
14584 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14592 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14595 will always take precedence if it appears in the list.
14596 The default placement list is
14597 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14608 : try the top of a text page first, then the bottom of a text page, then
14609 on a page by itself.
14610 If you want LyX to try
14611 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14615 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14618 to place the figure where you command it, precede the list with an exclamation
14620 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14628 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14632 Here are some example entries and what they do:
14635 \begin_layout Enumerate
14642 \begin_layout Standard
14643 Try putting the figure/table at its actual position in the text.
14644 If that doesn't work, put it on the bottom of the page.
14645 If that fails, put it on a separate page.
14649 \begin_layout Enumerate
14656 \begin_layout Standard
14657 Try really hard to put the figure/table at its actual position in the text.
14658 Then the bottom of the page, then on a separate page.
14662 \begin_layout Enumerate
14669 \begin_layout Standard
14670 Put the figure/table at the top of each page.
14671 If it's too long, put it on a separate page.
14675 \begin_layout Enumerate
14682 \begin_layout Standard
14683 Always put figures and tables on their own page.
14687 \begin_layout Subsection
14691 \begin_layout Standard
14692 One obvious question is
14693 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14696 how would I create the figures?
14697 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14700 Fortunately, the answer is included in most Linux and/or LaTeX distributions.
14705 is a powerful though slightly awkward drawing tool.
14706 If you want to include figures that you have created with
14710 there are several ways.
14711 We recommend the following:
14714 \begin_layout Enumerate
14715 Export the figure as Encapsulated PostScript.
14716 This could be very easy included into LyX as described in the previous
14718 The great advantage of this way is, that you have the full power of PostScript®
14720 That means Bezier curves, colors, all line thicknesses and many more.
14721 If you have inserted text into your fig-document this will be printed with
14722 PostScript fonts, which is OK\SpecialChar \@.
14723 The figure can be manipulated like any other
14724 EPS figure, as described above.
14729 \begin_layout Standard
14730 The only disadvantage is that you cannot create formulas as PostScript text
14732 If you also need formulas or simple exponents or indices in your figure,
14733 the next way is recommended.
14737 \begin_layout Enumerate
14738 Export the figure as LaTeX.
14739 This is just as easy to include into LyX, with the advantage that you may
14740 use all LaTeX commands within the text inside XFig.
14741 Therefore you have to set the
14746 This is automatic if you invoke XFig with
14752 If this is done and you have also chosen a LaTeX font you may simply write
14754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14763 XFig\SpecialChar \@.
14766 If you export this figure as LaTeX and include it in LyX with
14771 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14779 (see description in
14783 ) this text will appear as
14784 \begin_inset Formula $H_{2}$
14792 \begin_layout Standard
14793 The disadvantage of this way is that the graphical power of LaTeX isn't
14794 as strong as PostScript®\SpecialChar \@.
14795 You cannot use all thicknesses of lines and, more
14796 annoyingly, not all slopes.
14797 This is why we recommend the third way for more complex figures.
14801 \begin_layout Enumerate
14802 Export the figure as LaTeX/PostScript combined.
14811 , really] will generate two files:
14815 \begin_layout Enumerate
14816 the PostScript part
14820 , that contains all painting.
14823 \begin_layout Enumerate
14828 , that contains all text and a link to the PostScript part.
14832 \begin_layout Standard
14833 Then you just have to include the LaTeX part as described above.
14834 This will automatically include the PostScript part, too.
14838 \begin_layout Standard
14839 If you get an error like
14840 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14843 unknown graphics extension pstex
14844 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14847 you have to declare these graphic extensions.
14852 bug that occurs with LaTeX2e.
14853 Simply add a line like
14856 \begin_layout Standard
14861 @namedef{Gin@rule@ps_tex}#1{{eps}{ps_tex}{#1}}
14864 \begin_layout Standard
14867 /usr/lib/texmf/tex/latex/graphics/dvips.def
14877 \begin_layout Standard
14882 Gin@extensions{eps, ps, pstex, eps.gz, ps.gz, eps=2EZ}
14885 \begin_layout Standard
14886 This should fix the whole thing.
14887 Alternatively you may export the postscript part as
14891 and change the LaTeX part
14896 But this is annoying.
14902 This way you have the full PostScript® and LaTeX power combined except
14903 for the possibility to scale the figure after creating.
14904 So if you want scalable pictures, the PostScript format is your only choice.
14905 Another little advantage of letting LaTeX typeset the font is that the
14906 same font will appear in your figures as in your text, which looks a little
14910 \begin_layout Section
14912 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:tables}
14919 \begin_layout Standard
14920 LyX has powerful table support, but LaTeX can do many more things with tables
14921 than LyX is currently capable of, so you might want to look at a good LaTeX
14922 book if the features described here should turn out to be inadequate.
14925 \begin_layout Standard
14926 You can insert a table using either the table toolbar button or
14931 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14939 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
14940 The default table has lines at the top and to the left of every cell, a
14941 line to the right of the rightmost column and a line at the bottom of the
14942 lowest row, forming a box around the table.
14943 Additionally, the topmost row also has a line at the bottom, which causes
14944 this row to appear separated from the rest of the table.
14948 \begin_layout Standard
14950 \begin_inset Tabular
14951 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
14953 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14954 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14955 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
14956 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14957 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14961 \begin_layout Standard
14967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14970 \begin_layout Standard
14985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14988 \begin_layout Standard
15003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15006 \begin_layout Standard
15022 <row topline="true">
15023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15026 \begin_layout Standard
15041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15044 \begin_layout Standard
15050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15053 \begin_layout Standard
15059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15062 \begin_layout Standard
15069 <row topline="true">
15070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15073 \begin_layout Standard
15088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15091 \begin_layout Standard
15097 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15100 \begin_layout Standard
15115 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15118 \begin_layout Standard
15125 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15129 \begin_layout Standard
15144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15147 \begin_layout Standard
15153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15156 \begin_layout Standard
15162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15165 \begin_layout Standard
15179 \begin_layout Subsection
15183 \begin_layout Standard
15184 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
15185 brings up a settings dialog.
15186 Among these options are:
15189 \begin_layout Itemize
15190 Adding/removing border lines from a row or column.
15191 If you remove the top line from one of the rows, you'll get a dotted line
15192 in LyX, but no line will appear in the printout.
15193 If you set the bottom line of one row and the top line of the row below,
15194 then the rows are separated by a small space, as you can see with the top
15195 row in the example above.
15196 You can do the same vertically if you set the right line of a column and
15197 the left line of the column to the right.
15200 \begin_layout Itemize
15201 Text alignment in a column
15204 \begin_layout Itemize
15205 Appending rows and columns
15208 \begin_layout Itemize
15209 Deleting rows, columns, or the entire table
15212 \begin_layout Itemize
15216 \begin_layout Itemize
15217 Setting a fixed width for a column
15220 \begin_layout Itemize
15221 Longtable options - this is useful if your table is higher than the paper.
15222 Then the table is split on the bottom of the page and continued on the
15223 next one, instead of running of the end of the page.
15226 \begin_layout Itemize
15227 Rotate the whole table or a single cell sideways, by 90 degrees
15230 \begin_layout Standard
15231 You can also use the menu to perform these operations.
15237 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15251 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15258 when the cursor is inside a table.
15262 \begin_layout Standard
15263 Most of these options also work on selections.
15264 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
15265 done on all of your selection.
15266 Note that there is a difference between selecting the
15270 of the cell, and the cell itself.
15271 If you can see a red border inside a cell, then a selection will select
15277 or click outside of the box, then the selection will select cells (whether
15278 you use the mouse or the normal cursor-movement keys).
15281 \begin_layout Standard
15282 When you append a row, it is added
15286 the row containing the cursor.
15287 Similarly, columns are appended to the
15292 This makes it difficult to add columns on the left edge of a table without
15293 a lot of cutting and pasting.
15294 Deletion is always performed on the row or column containing the cursor.
15298 \begin_layout Standard
15299 The multicolumn option merges two or more adjacent cells on a given row.
15300 For example, in the above table, row
15301 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15305 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15308 has had multicolumn applied to the columns labelled
15309 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15313 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15317 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15321 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15324 To use it, you must first select the cells, then choose
15329 This will not work vertically - see the Table Examples document for how
15333 \begin_layout Standard
15338 if you need to have a special handling for a single table cell's top and
15339 bottom border lines and text alignment.
15340 Here an example of this special handling of a cell:
15343 \begin_layout Standard
15345 \begin_inset Tabular
15346 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
15348 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15349 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15350 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15351 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15352 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15355 \begin_layout Standard
15370 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15373 \begin_layout Standard
15388 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15391 \begin_layout Standard
15407 <row topline="true">
15408 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15411 \begin_layout Standard
15426 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15429 \begin_layout Standard
15443 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15446 \begin_layout Standard
15461 <row topline="true">
15462 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15465 \begin_layout Standard
15480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15483 \begin_layout Standard
15497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15500 \begin_layout Standard
15515 <row topline="true">
15516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15519 \begin_layout Standard
15534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15537 \begin_layout Standard
15551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15554 \begin_layout Standard
15569 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15573 \begin_layout Standard
15588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15591 \begin_layout Standard
15605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15608 \begin_layout Standard
15630 \begin_layout Standard
15631 You see here that the header line cells are aligned to the center, whereas
15632 the left column is aligned to the left, and the other columns are aligned
15634 Also the bottom and top line of two cells have been removed.
15635 \begin_inset Note Note
15638 \begin_layout Standard
15639 I can make nothing of this explanation.
15640 An improvement would be nice :) - jbl
15648 \begin_layout Standard
15649 If you want your column to have a fixed width, then you can insert a width
15662 This will then allow the cell to have multiple paragraphs of text.
15665 \begin_layout Standard
15666 If your table becomes too large to fit on a portrait document layout, you
15669 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
15672 button, and the table will appear sideways (this means landscape in a portrait
15674 You might also like to rotate single table cells to give them more horizontal
15676 The example below demonstrates why it is useful to rotate single cells.
15679 \begin_layout Standard
15686 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
15693 display on screen, and works
15697 for PostScript output.
15698 So, if you want to preview them, use
15703 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15717 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
15722 will not show the table properly.
15725 \begin_layout Standard
15727 \begin_inset Tabular
15728 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="12">
15730 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15731 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15732 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15733 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15734 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15735 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15736 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15737 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15738 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15739 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15740 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15741 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15742 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15746 \begin_layout Standard
15761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15764 \begin_layout Standard
15779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15782 \begin_layout Standard
15797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15800 \begin_layout Standard
15815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15818 \begin_layout Standard
15833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15836 \begin_layout Standard
15851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15854 \begin_layout Standard
15869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15872 \begin_layout Standard
15887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15890 \begin_layout Standard
15905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15908 \begin_layout Standard
15923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15926 \begin_layout Standard
15941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15944 \begin_layout Standard
15960 <row topline="true">
15961 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15964 \begin_layout Standard
15980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15983 \begin_layout Standard
15998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16001 \begin_layout Standard
16007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16010 \begin_layout Standard
16025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16028 \begin_layout Standard
16043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16046 \begin_layout Standard
16052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16055 \begin_layout Standard
16070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16073 \begin_layout Standard
16079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16082 \begin_layout Standard
16097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16100 \begin_layout Standard
16115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16118 \begin_layout Standard
16133 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16136 \begin_layout Standard
16152 <row topline="true">
16153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16156 \begin_layout Standard
16172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16175 \begin_layout Standard
16181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16184 \begin_layout Standard
16199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16202 \begin_layout Standard
16217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16220 \begin_layout Standard
16235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16238 \begin_layout Standard
16253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16256 \begin_layout Standard
16271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16274 \begin_layout Standard
16289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16292 \begin_layout Standard
16307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16310 \begin_layout Standard
16325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16328 \begin_layout Standard
16343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16346 \begin_layout Standard
16362 <row topline="true">
16363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16366 \begin_layout Standard
16382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16385 \begin_layout Standard
16400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16403 \begin_layout Standard
16418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16421 \begin_layout Standard
16436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16439 \begin_layout Standard
16445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16448 \begin_layout Standard
16463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16466 \begin_layout Standard
16481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16484 \begin_layout Standard
16499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16502 \begin_layout Standard
16517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16520 \begin_layout Standard
16526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16529 \begin_layout Standard
16544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16547 \begin_layout Standard
16563 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16567 \begin_layout Standard
16583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16586 \begin_layout Standard
16601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16604 \begin_layout Standard
16610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16613 \begin_layout Standard
16628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16631 \begin_layout Standard
16646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16649 \begin_layout Standard
16655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16658 \begin_layout Standard
16664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16667 \begin_layout Standard
16682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16685 \begin_layout Standard
16700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16703 \begin_layout Standard
16718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16721 \begin_layout Standard
16727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16730 \begin_layout Standard
16746 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16750 \begin_layout Standard
16765 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16768 \begin_layout Standard
16783 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16786 \begin_layout Standard
16792 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16795 \begin_layout Standard
16801 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16804 \begin_layout Standard
16810 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16813 \begin_layout Standard
16819 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16822 \begin_layout Standard
16828 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16831 \begin_layout Standard
16837 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16840 \begin_layout Standard
16846 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16849 \begin_layout Standard
16855 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16858 \begin_layout Standard
16864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16867 \begin_layout Standard
16890 \begin_layout Subsection
16891 What can be placed inside a table cell?
16894 \begin_layout Standard
16895 Many objects can be placed inside a table cell.
16896 Any single line of text, an equation (not a displayed or multilined equation,
16897 though), or a figure can be in a cell; in fact, all three kinds of objects
16898 can be placed in the same cell.
16899 Font sizes and shapes can be altered, and the table will adjust to display
16901 However, you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
16905 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
16906 for the cell's paragraph.
16909 \begin_layout Subsection
16910 Cut & Paste in Tables
16913 \begin_layout Standard
16914 Cutting and pasting between tables works reasonably well.
16915 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
16916 Selection with the mouse or with
16920 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
16921 The values in the second table below were cut and pasted from the first,
16922 using the mouse to select and paste.
16925 \begin_layout Standard
16927 \begin_inset Tabular
16928 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
16930 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
16931 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
16932 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
16933 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16937 \begin_layout Standard
16952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16955 \begin_layout Standard
16970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16973 \begin_layout Standard
16990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16993 \begin_layout Standard
17008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17011 \begin_layout Standard
17026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17029 \begin_layout Standard
17045 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17049 \begin_layout Standard
17064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17067 \begin_layout Standard
17082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17085 \begin_layout Standard
17108 \begin_layout Standard
17110 \begin_inset Tabular
17111 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
17113 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17114 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17115 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17116 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17120 \begin_layout Standard
17135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17138 \begin_layout Standard
17153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17156 \begin_layout Standard
17173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17176 \begin_layout Standard
17191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17194 \begin_layout Standard
17209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17212 \begin_layout Standard
17228 <row topline="true">
17229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17232 \begin_layout Standard
17247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17250 \begin_layout Standard
17256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17259 \begin_layout Standard
17266 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17270 \begin_layout Standard
17276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17279 \begin_layout Standard
17285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17288 \begin_layout Standard
17302 \begin_layout Standard
17303 Note that you can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit
17304 by starting the selection from outside the table.
17307 \begin_layout Subsection
17308 Multiple lines in cells
17311 \begin_layout Standard
17312 It is possible to have multi-line entries in tables, but not in a completely
17314 Define a fixed length for the column in the
17319 After this, your text is automatically split into more lines and the cell
17320 enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given fixed
17325 \begin_layout Standard
17327 \begin_inset Tabular
17328 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
17330 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17331 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="3cm">
17332 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17333 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17337 \begin_layout Standard
17352 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17355 \begin_layout Standard
17370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17373 \begin_layout Standard
17390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17393 \begin_layout Standard
17408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17411 \begin_layout Standard
17421 This is a multiline entry in a table.
17426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17429 \begin_layout Standard
17445 <row bottomline="true">
17446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17449 \begin_layout Standard
17464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17467 \begin_layout Standard
17477 This is longer now.
17482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17485 \begin_layout Standard
17501 <row bottomline="true">
17502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17505 \begin_layout Standard
17520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17523 \begin_layout Standard
17533 This is a multiline entry in a table.
17534 This is longer now.
17539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17542 \begin_layout Standard
17565 \begin_layout Standard
17566 Text within a cell will not normally wrap to fit the page, so if a line
17567 of text in a table is too long, the table will extend beyond the right
17568 margin of the page.
17569 Similarly, tables will not split themselves at the bottom of a page, and
17570 so might extend below the bottom margin.
17571 You have these options to resolve this problem:
17574 \begin_layout Enumerate
17575 Split it into two tables.
17578 \begin_layout Enumerate
17588 This automatically splits the table over more pages, if it is too tall.
17589 After doing this, the list of
17593 buttons activate themselves and you may now define:
17597 \begin_layout Enumerate
17603 : The current row and all rows above that don't have any special options
17604 defined are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
17607 \begin_layout Enumerate
17612 : The current row and all rows above that don't have any special options
17613 defined are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
17614 except for the first page, if
17622 \begin_layout Enumerate
17627 : The current row and all rows below that don't have any special options
17628 defined are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
17629 except for the last page, if
17637 \begin_layout Enumerate
17643 : The current row and all rows below that don't have any special options
17644 defined are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
17647 \begin_layout Standard
17648 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
17649 of the fact that only the first flag is used in the given table rows.
17650 The others will then be defined as
17655 In this context, first means first in this order:
17657 Footer, Last\InsetSpace ~
17677 example file to see how this works.
17683 \begin_layout Standard
17684 The check box in the long table options can be used to specify specific
17685 rows to break the page on as well.
17689 \begin_layout Enumerate
17690 A table can also be placed in a float, as described below, which will allow
17691 TeX to place it as well as it can within the page.
17694 \begin_layout Subsection
17696 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:table float}
17703 \begin_layout Standard
17704 Outside of a float, the table will be positioned exactly where it is placed
17723 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17733 menu will enable LaTeX to place the table where it fits best, rather than
17734 exactly where you insert it.
17735 Float placement for table floats is similar to that for figure floats
17736 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats}
17740 , and is described in section
17741 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:float-locn}
17746 Captions also work the same way as with figure floats, as described in
17748 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats}
17754 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{table:a table float}
17758 is an example of a table float.
17759 \begin_inset Float table
17765 \begin_layout Caption
17766 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{table:a table float}
17773 \begin_layout Standard
17775 \begin_inset Tabular
17776 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
17778 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17779 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17780 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17781 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17785 \begin_layout Standard
17800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17803 \begin_layout Standard
17818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17821 \begin_layout Standard
17837 <row topline="true">
17838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17841 \begin_layout Standard
17856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17859 \begin_layout Standard
17874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17877 \begin_layout Standard
17893 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17897 \begin_layout Standard
17907 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
17915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17918 \begin_layout Standard
17928 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
17930 c & d\end{array}\right]$
17938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17941 \begin_layout Standard
17951 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
17972 \begin_layout Section
17973 Table of Contents and other Listings
17974 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:toc}
17981 \begin_layout Standard
17982 One of the really nice features of LaTeX is the ease with which it lets
17984 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17988 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17991 such as a Table of Contents.
17992 All you need to do is to use certain environments and insert a reference
17993 at the place where you want the list to appear.
17996 \begin_layout Subsection
17997 The Table of Contents
18000 \begin_layout Standard
18001 In order to get a Table of Contents, you need to do four things:
18004 \begin_layout Enumerate
18005 Use a document class that includes support (all but
18012 \begin_layout Enumerate
18013 Set paragraph environments appropriately:
18023 (Sub...), Paragraph
18026 Note that styles with a
18038 appear in the Table of Contents.
18041 \begin_layout Enumerate
18042 Make sure you set the
18047 ection\InsetSpace ~
18048 number\InsetSpace ~
18067 Document\InsetSpace ~
18070 dialog to the appropriate value as described in
18071 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sub:section-depth}
18078 \begin_layout Enumerate
18079 Insert the ToC command at some place in the document.
18080 You'll find it under
18085 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18092 C\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18104 \begin_layout Standard
18105 You can also bring up a dialog for navigating through your document with
18111 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18123 \begin_layout Subsection
18124 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
18125 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ListsOf}
18132 \begin_layout Standard
18133 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
18134 You can insert them from the
18139 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18149 If you want figures, tables, or algorithms to appear in the list, you must
18150 place them inside a float of the relevant type and add a caption.
18153 \begin_layout Chapter
18154 Mathematical Formulae
18157 \begin_layout Section
18161 \begin_layout Standard
18162 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon with
18163 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{a+b}{c}$
18167 That will open a little blue square, with purple markers around it, on
18169 That blue square is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate what
18170 level of nesting within the formula you are at.
18171 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
18178 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
18183 menu; or you can use a keyboard macro,
18197 (CUA binding only).
18200 \begin_layout Standard
18201 If you simply need to type a single Greek letter, such as
18202 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
18205 , there is a special shortcut.
18213 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
18223 \begin_inset Formula $\beta$
18229 \begin_layout Standard
18230 Editing the parameters of a formula may be done from the
18235 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18240 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18249 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18252 , or by clicking the right mouse button on the formula.
18253 The math panel is very useful, so you may want to open it and leave it
18254 somewhere on the screen.
18255 If you're not already in a formula, selecting anything from the math panel
18256 will insert a formula for you.
18259 \begin_layout Subsection
18260 Navigating a Formula
18263 \begin_layout Standard
18264 The best control over cursor position within an existing formula is achieved
18265 with the arrow keys.
18266 Mathed uses small squares to indicate places where something can be inserted.
18267 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
18272 will leave a fraction or other formula construct (a square root
18273 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
18277 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
18281 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
18283 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
18291 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
18296 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
18297 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
18300 \begin_layout Standard
18305 seems to do nothing in Mathed, since it does not in fact add a space between
18306 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
18307 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
18312 For example, if you want
18313 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
18360 , since in the latter case only the
18363 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
18368 will be under the square root sign,
18369 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
18373 For those who learned to space out expressions in this way, it takes a
18377 \begin_layout Standard
18378 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
18380 \begin_inset Formula \[
18381 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
18384 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right).\]
18388 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
18389 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
18392 \begin_layout Subsection
18396 \begin_layout Standard
18397 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
18398 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
18402 and a cursor movement key to select text.
18403 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
18404 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
18405 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula
18406 (not in a plain text region in LyX, though).
18409 \begin_layout Subsection
18410 Exponents and Subscripts
18413 \begin_layout Standard
18414 You can use the math panel to add superscripts or subscripts, but the much
18415 easier way is to use the standard TeX method.
18417 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
18433 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression, instead of
18434 in the superscript.
18440 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
18444 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
18465 Subscripts are similar, to get
18466 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
18481 Note that by default, the superscript or subscript is only for the single
18482 symbol to the left, which changes the spacing and alignment; you should
18484 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Grouping}
18488 if you need to alter this.
18491 \begin_layout Subsection
18495 \begin_layout Standard
18496 Create a fraction with either
18504 (in Mathed) or using the fraction icon in the
18524 You will be presented with an empty fraction, with two Mathed insertion
18525 squares top and bottom.
18526 The cursor moves immediately to the top of the fraction.
18527 To move to the bottom, simply press
18532 To move back up, press
18537 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
18538 \begin_inset Formula \[
18539 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
18541 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
18548 \begin_layout Subsection
18552 \begin_layout Standard
18554 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
18558 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
18561 ) signs are very often decorated with one or more sets of
18562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18566 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18570 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
18571 a superscript or subscript, directly after the symbol.
18572 Sum will automatically place its
18573 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18577 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18580 over and under the symbol in display style, but will move them to the side
18581 when inlined, such as
18582 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
18586 \begin_inset Note Note
18589 \begin_layout Standard
18590 We haven't yet explained what display vs.
18597 \begin_inset Formula \[
18598 \sum_{n=1}^{\infty}\frac{x^{n}}{n}=\ln\left(\frac{1}{1-x}\right).\]
18602 Integral signs, however, will not by default move the limits to directly
18603 over and under the integral sign in display style, as in
18604 \begin_inset Formula $\int_{a}^{x}f(t)dt:=F(x)$
18608 \begin_inset Formula \[
18609 \int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\frac{dx}{1+x^{2}}=\pi.\]
18613 Both symbols will be automatically re-sized when placed in display mode.
18614 In display mode, the placement of the limits (directly above and below,
18615 or offset to the right from the sign) can be changed by placing the cursor
18616 in front of the sign and hitting
18621 Exactly what change occurs depends on the sign.
18625 \begin_layout Standard
18626 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
18627 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18631 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18634 feature as addition, such as
18635 \begin_inset Formula \[
18636 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
18640 which will place the
18641 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
18645 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18652 in display mode, but not in inlined mode,
18653 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
18658 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
18661 was entered as a function - you get it in LyX by typing
18667 in math-mode, or choosing from the
18668 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18672 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18675 menu in the math panel; see
18676 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:math-functions}
18683 \begin_layout Subsection
18685 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-panel}
18692 \begin_layout Standard
18702 dialog (accessible via
18707 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18714 ) has a more extensive list of symbols and structures.
18715 As stated earlier, you can keep the math panel open when writing mathematics.
18716 The use of the panel should be fairly obvious; we'll describe some of the
18717 details in later sections.
18720 \begin_layout Standard
18721 Note that right-clicking on a formula opens the panel as well.
18724 \begin_layout Subsection
18728 \begin_layout Standard
18729 Most math symbols can be found in the math panel under one of several categories
18735 \begin_inset Formula $\Gamma\rho\epsilon\epsilon\kappa$
18743 \begin_inset Formula $\pm\times$
18751 \begin_inset Formula $\leq\cong$
18759 \begin_inset Formula $\uparrow\Leftrightarrow$
18768 \begin_inset Formula $\sum\int$
18776 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
18778 If you know the standard LaTeX macro for a particular symbol you which
18779 to use, you do not have to use these dialogs, but they will help for those
18780 symbols whose LaTeX name you do not know.
18781 Note that the AMS symbols will not be displayed as symbols in LyX unless
18782 you install the right fonts as described in the relevant manual.
18785 \begin_layout Standard
18786 It is possible to get an nth root symbol.
18787 In the minibuffer, type
18792 This generates a root symbol with an extra box above the root sign.
18801 to move between the two boxes.
18802 You can also use the key binding
18809 \begin_layout Subsection
18813 \begin_layout Standard
18814 You may want to create blank spaces that differs from the standard spacing
18815 that LaTeX provides.
18816 We don't recommend this as a matter of course, since the whole idea of
18817 WYSIWYM is that you don't think about the typesetting, but the content.
18818 However, there are situations where you will want to add spaces.
18819 The first thing to do is to type
18824 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen within
18826 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
18830 The next trick is to change that space to different sizes.
18835 you move the cursor, after typing
18843 again, you will change the size of the space, through a number of variable
18845 The last ones in the list are red, and are a negative space.
18847 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
18851 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
18855 You can also insert these spaces via the math panel.
18858 \begin_layout Subsection
18860 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-functions}
18867 \begin_layout Standard
18868 The math panel contains a number of
18869 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18873 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18877 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
18881 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
18889 (you can type them in a formula by typing
18896 Standard mathematical practice is that functions which are names, like
18898 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
18901 , should not be italicized.
18902 Entering just the letters
18903 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
18906 within Mathed will give italics, of course, so these special macros are
18908 They do more to the final output than just change the typeface, however.
18909 For example, the expression
18910 \begin_inset Formula $\sin t$
18913 will typeset with a little extra space between the n and the t.
18914 For words which are more sophisticated mathematical objects, like
18915 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
18918 , the macro changes the way that subscripts are placed, depending on whether
18919 the math-inset is inlined or displayed:
18920 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L$
18924 \begin_inset Formula \[
18925 \lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L.\]
18929 These two expressions were typed the same way, but using the macro
18935 alters the appearance (actually, it is the inlined version that is altered,
18936 to improve linespacing).
18939 \begin_layout Subsection
18943 \begin_layout Standard
18944 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
18946 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
18947 You can also use TeX macro equivalents, as macros.
18948 That is, you can enter
18949 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
18952 to get the same effect if your keyboard does not have accents enabled.
18953 This is entered by typing
18954 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18964 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18968 These are the equivalences between the text names and the macro names for
18969 the various accents:
18972 \begin_layout Standard
18974 \begin_inset Tabular
18975 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
18977 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
18978 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
18979 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
18980 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
18981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18984 \begin_layout Standard
18999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19002 \begin_layout Standard
19017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19020 \begin_layout Standard
19036 <row topline="true">
19037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19040 \begin_layout Standard
19055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19058 \begin_layout Standard
19073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19076 \begin_layout Standard
19086 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
19095 <row topline="true">
19096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19099 \begin_layout Standard
19114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19117 \begin_layout Standard
19132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19135 \begin_layout Standard
19145 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
19154 <row topline="true">
19155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19158 \begin_layout Standard
19173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19176 \begin_layout Standard
19191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19194 \begin_layout Standard
19204 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
19213 <row topline="true">
19214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19217 \begin_layout Standard
19232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19235 \begin_layout Standard
19250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19253 \begin_layout Standard
19263 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
19272 <row topline="true">
19273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19276 \begin_layout Standard
19291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19294 \begin_layout Standard
19309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19312 \begin_layout Standard
19322 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
19331 <row topline="true">
19332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19335 \begin_layout Standard
19350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19353 \begin_layout Standard
19368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19371 \begin_layout Standard
19381 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
19390 <row topline="true">
19391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19394 \begin_layout Standard
19409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19412 \begin_layout Standard
19427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19430 \begin_layout Standard
19440 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
19449 <row topline="true">
19450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19453 \begin_layout Standard
19468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19471 \begin_layout Standard
19486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19489 \begin_layout Standard
19499 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
19508 <row topline="true">
19509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19512 \begin_layout Standard
19527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19530 \begin_layout Standard
19545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19548 \begin_layout Standard
19558 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
19567 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
19568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19571 \begin_layout Standard
19586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19589 \begin_layout Standard
19604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19607 \begin_layout Standard
19617 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
19633 \begin_layout Standard
19634 Finally, you can choose one of these accents by selecting an item from the
19639 symbol set in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have
19640 made within a formula too.
19643 \begin_layout Subsection
19644 The math editor for LaTeX users
19647 \begin_layout Standard
19648 Editing mathematical expressions in LyX can be done in one of two ways.
19649 You can use the native LyX support for rendering the formulae in a WYSIWYM
19651 LaTeX users might like to be able to use the keyboard to enter things like
19658 (this gets, in ordinary TeX, an
19659 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
19662 in the final document), believing that it is faster than chasing around
19663 menus for a symbol.
19664 Here's a testimonial of one of those old LaTeX users,
19669 \begin_layout Quotation
19670 I was finally convinced that the math editor was the way to go when I found
19671 that, with a few modifications, I could use it the same way I was accustomed
19673 As an example, I created this
19674 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
19677 by typing the following keys: First type
19707 As soon as I typed that
19712 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
19715 was right there on the screen.
19719 \begin_layout Standard
19725 sequence inserts a formula (you may also use
19740 is of course the standard TeX command for a Greek alpha letter, and the
19745 leaves the formula.
19746 Some of the advantages of this approach are:
19749 \begin_layout Itemize
19750 You have immediate visual feedback to be sure your TeX was correct
19753 \begin_layout Itemize
19754 You have the real mathematical expression on the screen, correctly displayed,
19755 to make sure your mathematics is correct (correctly written, at least)
19758 \begin_layout Itemize
19759 All the new LaTeX fuss with special environments and such are taken care
19763 \begin_layout Itemize
19764 You won't have to chase through the code trying to find that missing
19775 \begin_layout Itemize
19776 If you don't remember the LaTeX name of a particular symbol, like
19777 \begin_inset Formula $\wp$
19780 , you can find it in the dialogs
19783 \begin_layout Section
19784 Brackets and decorations
19787 \begin_layout Standard
19788 There are several brackets available through LyX.
19789 For most purposes, using just the keys
19795 should suffice, but the effect, especially if you want to surround a large
19796 structure, such as a matrix or a fraction, or if you have several layers
19797 of brackets, is better using the math panel's
19803 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:math-panel}
19808 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
19810 \begin_inset Formula \[
19811 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
19813 3 & 4\end{array}\right],\]
19817 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses of an abomination
19819 \begin_inset Formula \[
19820 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
19825 \begin_inset Formula \[
19826 f\left(g\left(h\left(k\left(l\left(x\right)\right)\right)\right)\right).\]
19830 The parentheses, and other brackets, from that menu will automatically re-size
19831 to accommodate the size of what is inside (This is done in straight LaTeX
19844 \begin_layout Standard
19845 It is very easy to construct the braces you want to use.
19846 Click on the brace you want on the left side with the left mouse button,
19847 the right side with the right button, and place them in the document by
19848 clicking on the button.
19849 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
19850 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will print.
19853 \begin_layout Standard
19854 If you decide after the fact to place parentheses (or other math structure,
19855 like a square root, or other decoration) around some math structure, you
19856 can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go inside
19857 the parentheses (that is done by holding the
19861 key down and moving the cursor with the arrow keys, or selecting with the
19863 Then, choose the appropriate brackets for left and right, and click on
19869 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
19872 \begin_layout Standard
19873 If you're trying to enter a LaTeX
19877 for grouping, you should read
19878 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Grouping}
19885 \begin_layout Section
19887 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Grouping}
19894 \begin_layout Standard
19895 You may need to group a set of symbols.
19896 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
19907 \begin_layout Standard
19908 \begin_inset Formula \[
19909 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{{y^{z}}}\]
19916 \begin_layout Standard
19917 However, trying to type the
19921 in LyX gives an actual closing brace in the output.
19922 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
19929 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
19930 The example directly above shows how this works.
19933 \begin_layout Section
19934 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
19937 \begin_layout Standard
19938 Arrays, such as matrices, are easily entered in LyX.
19944 there is a matrix button, which will open a dialog for you to choose the
19945 number of rows/columns.
19946 Here is an example:
19947 \begin_inset Formula \[
19948 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
19951 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right).\]
19955 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as usual.
19956 Remember that you can add this after the fact, by highlighting the matrix
19957 inside Mathed (Position the mouse on one side of the matrix, hold the
19961 key down, and hit the appropriate arrow key to move the cursor across the
19963 You can, when you construct the matrix, decide whether the columns (or
19964 some of them) will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
19965 The specification is
19970 Each letter corresponds to the relevant column.
19975 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
19976 centered, and the third column will be right-justified..
19977 It will look like this:
19978 \begin_inset Formula \[
19980 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
19981 column & has & has\, right\\
19982 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
19989 \begin_layout Standard
19990 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
19994 while in the matrix, and you can add columns, or delete either, via the
20000 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20012 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20022 \begin_layout Standard
20023 There are numerous other arrays used in LaTeX math-mode, particularly with
20024 the AMS-LaTeX packages included, such as
20030 and commutative diagrams.
20031 Not all of these are supported in LyX but some are, see
20036 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20045 \begin_layout Standard
20046 Multi-line equations are very easy to construct in LyX.
20047 A formula will automatically switch to an
20053 format (LaTeX's multi-line displayed equation format) if you hit
20061 The best way to do this, if you decide you want a multi-line displayed
20062 equation, is to insert a new line (with
20069 Each line then has three regions, left, center, and right, which you can
20070 move through using either the arrow keys, the mouse, or the
20077 Here is an example:
20078 \begin_inset Formula \begin{3*}
20080 4+5 & = & 9.\end{3*}
20084 You can also turn an existing displayed formula into a multi-line formula
20091 while the cursor is anywhere on the original formula.
20096 try to decide where to break the formula up into three parts, but places
20097 everything in the left side of the line.
20098 To change the alignment points of the equation, place the cursor where
20099 you want to start the middle part of the line, and hit
20104 It then puts everything to the right of the cursor in the middle region
20105 of the equation (which, by the way, is not typeset by LaTeX in display-math
20106 size, so you should not put large expressions like fractions there).
20107 Move to where you want the right side of the line to begin, and hit
20113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20120 insertion points in the line will disappear.
20123 \begin_layout Section
20124 Equation Numbering and Labels
20125 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-label}
20132 \begin_layout Standard
20133 Equation numbering is very easy in LyX.
20134 All it takes to change a displayed equation like:
20135 \begin_inset Formula \[
20140 into the numbered equation :
20141 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
20142 1+2=3\label{mathed:first-eqn}\end{equation}
20153 menu, and select the
20162 This opens a dialog in which you must enter some string as the label.
20163 There is no need to call it by a specific number, since LaTeX will take
20164 care of re-numbering the equation.
20165 Labels will not appear as such on the final output.
20166 LaTeX will insert appropriate numbers for the equations.
20167 The labels are used internally for cross-referencing.
20168 You can turn on numbering without a specific label with the menu option
20174 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20179 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20180 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20187 while the cursor is in the equation, such as:
20190 \begin_layout Standard
20191 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
20192 1+1=2.\end{equation}
20196 You can toggle it on or off with this menu item.
20197 You can reference a labelled (not just numbered) equation, (cf.
20199 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:first-eqn}
20207 dialog, which you open using
20212 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20223 \begin_layout Standard
20224 For numbered (or labelled) multi-line formulas, the default is that all
20225 lines are numbered separately.
20226 Once you attach a label to make the equation numbered, all subsequent lines
20227 receive a label of #.
20228 That label can be changed to another so that you can refer to that line,
20230 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:third-eqn}
20235 \begin_inset Formula \begin{3}
20236 1 & = & 3-2\label{mathed:second-equation}\\
20237 2 & = & 4-2\label{mathed:third-eqn}\\
20238 4 & \leq & 7.\end{3}
20242 You can turn off numbering of a specific line with
20247 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20252 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20253 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20258 umbering\InsetSpace ~
20262 while the cursor is on that line of a multi-line numbered equation.
20265 \begin_inset Formula \begin{3}
20266 1 & = & 4-3\label{mathed:fourth-eqn}\\
20268 1 & = & e^{2\pi i}\nonumber \\
20269 16 & \equiv & 2\,(mod\,7)\label{mathed:fifth-eqn}\end{3}
20273 Note that the first equation in this set (
20274 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:fourth-eqn}
20278 ) is labelled, the next is numbered but unlabelled, the third is unnumbered,
20280 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:fifth-eqn}
20284 ) is again labelled.
20288 \begin_layout Section
20289 User defined macros in math mode
20292 \begin_layout Standard
20293 LyX allows the user to define macros for use in math mode.
20294 A macro definition box appears on screen as purple box with the name of
20295 the macro in blue (math color).
20296 It contains two cells initially marked empty by blue rectangles that can
20297 be edited as if it were ordinary math.
20299 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
20300 \newcommand{\macro}{a+b}
20303 The contents of the first cell will be used when the macro definition is
20304 written during export as LaTeX.
20305 The contents of the second cell, however, will be used for drawing the
20306 macro's expansion on screen.
20307 In the common case where both export and drawing use the same representation,
20308 the second cell can be left empty and LyX will use the contents of the
20309 first cell will be used for export and drawing automatically.
20312 \begin_layout Standard
20313 Now, to use this macro in other math boxes just type the name in TeX mode,
20320 , and it will be automatically expanded:
20321 \begin_inset Formula $c=\macro$
20325 As you can verify, the cursor can't go inside the macro, the whole macro
20326 is like a single character, and the TeX generated code of this expression
20334 \begin_layout Standard
20335 However the cursor could go inside of some kind of macros, those that have
20341 In a macro definition box an argument looks like a
20345 followed by the argument number:
20346 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
20347 \newcommand{\macrowarg}[1]{2+\sqrt{#1}}
20353 \begin_layout Standard
20354 Once expanded, this macro includes the usual empty rectangle to indicate
20355 that you can insert there whatever you want:
20360 \begin_inset Formula $\macrowarg{}$
20367 \begin_inset Formula $b=\macrowarg{x-2}$
20374 \begin_layout Standard
20375 When exported to LaTeX, a macro definition will produce the command
20388 \begin_layout Subsection
20389 How to create macros
20392 \begin_layout Standard
20393 To create a macro definition box use this syntax in the minibuffer:
20397 \begin_layout Standard
20398 Macro names mustn't contain numbers!
20406 \begin_layout Standard
20409 math-macro <macro name> [number of arguments]
20412 \begin_layout Standard
20420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20428 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20438 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20443 math-macro macrowarg 1
20446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20452 \begin_layout Standard
20453 To insert an argument mark (only inside a macro definition box) simply type
20461 math-macro-arg <number>
20464 \begin_layout Standard
20465 The argument mark in
20471 was introduced with
20472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20486 \begin_layout Standard
20487 You can use no more than 9 arguments, numbered from 1 to 9.
20488 An argument can be repeated inside the macro definition box, but of course
20489 can be edited only once.
20492 \begin_layout Subsection
20493 How to navigate in macros
20496 \begin_layout Description
20500 keys: Opening a macro from the left side will put the cursor
20501 in the first argument, to move to the second argument use the TAB key.
20502 Remember that pressing the Space bar will get the cursor out and at the
20503 right side of the macro.
20506 \begin_layout Description
20509 mouse: As usual, click on the desired argument box.
20510 Sometimes this fails if the box is empty or too small.
20513 \begin_layout Standard
20514 Currently it is only possible to define command macros, but not environment
20518 \begin_layout Section
20522 \begin_layout Subsection
20526 \begin_layout Standard
20527 You can use various typefaces in a formula.
20528 The standard font for text is italic,
20529 \begin_inset Formula $text$
20532 , but for numbers the standard is Roman.
20533 To set a font in a formula, choose it from the math panel, or by entering
20534 the LaTeX command for it directly, as follows:
20537 \begin_layout Standard
20539 \begin_inset Tabular
20540 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
20542 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
20543 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" width="0pt">
20544 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
20545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20548 \begin_layout Standard
20554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20557 \begin_layout Standard
20564 <row topline="true">
20565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20568 \begin_layout Standard
20575 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
20583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20586 \begin_layout Standard
20597 <row topline="true">
20598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20601 \begin_layout Standard
20602 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
20610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20613 \begin_layout Standard
20624 <row topline="true">
20625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20628 \begin_layout Standard
20629 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
20637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20640 \begin_layout Standard
20651 <row topline="true">
20652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20655 \begin_layout Standard
20662 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
20670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20673 \begin_layout Standard
20684 <row topline="true">
20685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20688 \begin_layout Standard
20689 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}$
20697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20700 \begin_layout Standard
20711 <row topline="true">
20712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20715 \begin_layout Standard
20716 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
20724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20727 \begin_layout Standard
20738 <row topline="true">
20739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20742 \begin_layout Standard
20750 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
20758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20761 \begin_layout Standard
20772 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
20773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20776 \begin_layout Standard
20777 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
20785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20788 \begin_layout Standard
20806 \begin_layout Standard
20807 LaTeX's math mode does not support all characters in all fonts, and only
20808 letters will be supported with these font styles; some only support capital
20812 \begin_layout Standard
20813 For any of these fonts, you have to be careful how you enter the text.
20814 If there is text to the right of the entry point, the font reverts to that
20815 style after one character.
20816 To be able to type a string in a particular font, make sure there is a
20817 protected-space to the right of the cursor.
20818 Also, entering a protected-space will revert subsequent text to standard
20820 The font styles are nestable, as LaTeX does.
20821 This can be a little confusing, as selecting a different font on a selection
20826 change the selection, but insert a new nested level with the new typeface.
20829 \begin_layout Standard
20830 It is possible (in AMS-LaTeX) to embolden (not italicize) numbers and special
20832 However, LyX does not yet support this in WYSIWYM manner\SpecialChar \@.
20835 To get emboldened symbols, for example a bold
20836 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20848 The closing brace appears (in red) automatically when you type the opening
20850 This works for all symbols, as well as numbers.
20853 \begin_layout Standard
20854 A number of other options are available as well, via
20859 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20864 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
20871 \begin_layout Subsection
20875 \begin_layout Standard
20876 Typefaces are useful for entering variable names in some given font, but
20877 certainly not for anything else, and in particular not text.
20878 For typing longer pieces of text, use math text mode, which is obtained
20883 while already in math mode.
20884 (The same command will get out of math text mode, too.) Math text mode appears
20885 on the screen in black instead of blue.
20886 You cannot enter punctuation or font changes in your text
20890 \begin_layout Standard
20891 Moreover, math text mode outputs its contents inside a
20909 ) might have been a better choice
20914 , but it works for simple text.
20916 \begin_inset Formula \[
20917 f(x)=\begin{array}{cc}
20918 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
20919 -x & \textrm{otherwise}\end{array}\]
20926 \begin_layout Subsection
20930 \begin_layout Standard
20931 There are four (relative) font sizes (or
20932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20939 ) used in math-mode, which are automatically chosen in most situations.
20957 For most characters,
20965 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
20966 and certain other effects, are set larger or placed differently in
20971 Except for some operators, which re-size themselves to accommodate various
20972 situations, all text will be set in these various sizes as LaTeX thinks
20974 These choices can be over-ridden by using the
20978 function in the minibuffer.
20979 For example, you can set
20980 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
20987 ), or you can make it larger, which also changes the line-spacing, by entering
20990 math-size displaystyle
20992 in the minibuffer while the cursor is in the main line of the math-inset,
20994 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
20998 Careful, though, if the cursor is on the denominator of that fraction,
20999 only the numerator will be enlarged, e.g.
21001 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
21004 ! This reflects a LaTeX
21005 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21016 \begin_layout Standard
21023 These font-size changes are not as apparent in LyX as they are in the output.
21024 Here are some text in the various styles:
21025 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
21029 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
21033 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
21037 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
21043 \begin_layout Standard
21044 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that is, if the whole math
21045 inset and surrounding text are set in a particular size, all these sizes
21047 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
21048 will be adjusted to correspond.
21052 \begin_layout Standard
21056 Here is a paragraph in
21057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21061 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21064 font, with symbols:
21065 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21071 \begin_layout Standard
21072 This applies to math fonts in titles, etc.
21076 \begin_layout Section
21080 \begin_layout Standard
21081 The American Mathematical Society (AMS) provide a LaTeX packages that are
21083 LyX includes some support for these packages.
21086 \begin_layout Subsection
21087 Enabling AMS-Support
21090 \begin_layout Standard
21096 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21103 dialog there is a checkbox,
21110 If selected, this will include the AMS-package in the document, and make
21111 the facilities available.
21114 \begin_layout Subsection
21118 \begin_layout Standard
21119 The AMS-LaTeX packages add support for some mathematical symbols that are
21120 not accessible from plain LaTeX (or LyX), but are fairly common in mathematical
21121 typesetting, such as the old-German Fraktur font and the stylized
21122 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21129 fonts commonly used to denote the real or complex numbers, or the integers.
21130 Once activated, all AMS-LaTeX symbols and environments are available.
21131 You will run into trouble if you include these packages from the preamble,
21132 since LyX now defines a few of the macros used in these packages on its
21134 The AMS-layouts include these packages automatically.
21137 \begin_layout Subsection
21141 \begin_layout Standard
21142 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
21143 LyX allows you to choose between
21164 Refer to the AMS-documenta\SpecialChar \-
21165 tion for the differences between these formula
21169 \begin_layout Chapter
21173 \begin_layout Section
21175 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:crossref}
21182 \begin_layout Standard
21183 Those of you reading this manual online will see a grey box with text in
21184 it, right before the beginning of this sentence.
21190 Properly speaking, it is one half of a cross-reference.
21191 The other half is the
21195 proper, and it looks like this:
21196 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:crossref}
21201 Again, those of you reading the manual online will see a gray box with
21203 Those reading printed versions, however, will see a number --- in this
21204 case, the number of this section.
21205 There are also other varieties of cross-reference: for example,
21206 \begin_inset LatexCommand \pageref{sec:crossref}
21211 This is the page number containing the location of the label.
21212 That's what cross-references do: they let you reference other parts of
21214 You don't need to remember which section number was what anymore --- LyX
21215 will do that for you! All you need to do is use a
21219 to mark a section, figure, table, formula, etc., and then refer to it via
21227 \begin_layout Standard
21228 To insert a label, use
21235 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
21241 A box will appear where you can enter your label.
21242 You can change the name of the label at a later time by simply clicking
21243 on the gray box and reopening the label dialog.
21246 \begin_layout Standard
21247 To insert a reference, select
21254 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
21263 Insert\InsetSpace ~
21266 dialog appears with a list of labels.
21267 Selecting a list item, then clicking
21271 inserts a reference into the text; changing the
21278 allows you to insert a page number or other reference variant instead.
21281 \begin_layout Standard
21282 Note that if you cut & paste text from another document that contains a
21291 , or if you delete a label in your text, LaTeX will complain:
21294 \begin_layout Quote
21301 Reference `X' on page Y undefined on input line Z
21307 There were undefined references
21310 \begin_layout Standard
21311 You'll also see two question marks in the output instead of the reference.
21314 \begin_layout Standard
21315 There are a few more comments we need to make about the
21320 They always print the number of the section heading closest to them.
21321 So --- if you want to put a label on a
21329 heading immediately follows it, you need to put the
21342 It doesn't matter where, and it will look weird on the LyX screen.
21343 However, you need to do this if you want to label the
21347 separately from the
21352 The same goes for all other section headings.
21355 \begin_layout Standard
21368 section headings and table and figure floats.
21369 Bare figures and tables aren't numbered, so, like unnumbered section headings,
21370 you can't really use a
21378 \begin_layout Standard
21383 , but only if you use the
21393 --- the one that refers to a section/table/figure number --- won't work,
21394 because there's no numbered thingy to refer to! You could also use bare
21399 s as page markers, then refer back to them using the
21405 Once again, the regular
21409 won't work very well.
21410 It will refer to something, but that something will typically be the number
21411 of the previous numbered section heading.
21417 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats}
21422 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:table float}
21427 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:math-label}
21431 for details on using a
21435 with figures, tables, and equations, respectively.
21439 \begin_layout Section
21440 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
21443 \begin_layout Standard
21444 It is often desirable to include long
21445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21449 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21452 items in a document such as Web site URLs, e-mail addresses, etc.; these
21453 things typically do not contain any spaces and are thus difficult to typeset
21455 Such items will often fall on a line boundary if they cannot be split,
21456 resulting in an overfull or underfull line depending on the circumstances.
21459 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21466 within LyX to enter a long URL and have it split gracefully (if necessary)
21467 along automatically determined boundaries.
21470 \begin_layout Standard
21471 At the point in the document where you want to enter the URL (or other address-l
21472 ike entity) simply select
21474 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21481 ; a dialog will appear where you can enter the full URL (in the
21489 In its simplest usage, that's all you need to do.
21490 Click on the following gray box to see how LyX's homepage would be entered:
21492 \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.lyx.org}
21500 \begin_layout Standard
21505 : When you use the following characters: "%", "#", "^", you have to write
21506 them with a backslash before, e.g.
21508 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21514 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21518 URLs mustn't end with a backslash!
21526 \begin_layout Standard
21527 If you would like to associate some definite phrase with the URL, enter
21535 field of the dialog; it will be typeset as plain text immediately before
21537 For example, I might say that you can find all things related to LaTeX
21541 \begin_inset LatexCommand \url[CTAN]{http://ctan.tug.org}
21546 On the printed page, the last sentence ends as
21547 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21550 all things related to LaTeX at CTAN
21552 http://ctan.tug.org
21555 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21561 \begin_layout Standard
21564 Author's Note: somebody needs to document the
21578 \begin_layout Section
21579 Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments
21580 \begin_inset OptArg
21583 \begin_layout Standard
21592 \begin_layout Standard
21593 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
21594 This can cause over-runs when there is limited horizontal space.
21595 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
21596 title, a long title will over-run past the edges, and look awful.
21599 \begin_layout Standard
21600 LaTeX allows you to specify an optional argument to the section commands
21601 that specifies a shorter version of the title
21605 \begin_layout Standard
21606 For those who don't know LaTeX, commands look like this:
21610 command[optionalargument]{the content}
21616 This shorter version is used in the header and in the actual Table of Contents,
21617 avoiding the problem mentioned.
21618 LyX allows you to specify this optional argument by selecting
21623 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21628 This will insert a box (labelled
21629 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21633 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21637 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21641 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21644 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
21645 This also works for captions inside floats.
21648 \begin_layout Standard
21649 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
21652 \begin_layout Section
21656 \begin_layout Standard
21657 Sometimes you wish to be able to output to paper multiple versions of the
21659 The most extreme version of this is, when you want to prepare a single
21660 document in two or more different languages, but as a single document file,
21661 with corresponding pieces of text adjacent in the file and on-screen.
21662 This can be achieved with
21669 \begin_layout Standard
21674 the branches available within a particular document.
21675 This is done in the
21677 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21678 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21682 You can also associate a background colour with each branch, e.g., red for
21683 the English language, blue for the German language branch.
21684 Then, you create a branch inset from the
21686 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21690 The inset will contain the text that you want to be output when this branch
21694 \begin_layout Standard
21703 of a branch is done from the document settings menu.
21704 All insets belonging to deactivated branches will be automatically closed,
21705 those belonging to activated branches automatically opened.
21708 \begin_layout Standard
21709 Other possible applications of the Branches paradigm include a
21710 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21714 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21717 of a textbook containing the answers to questions, etc.
21718 \begin_inset Note Note
21721 \begin_layout Standard
21722 Once this doc is updated to 1.4, include branch examples here!
21730 \begin_layout Section
21731 Previewing snippets of your document
21734 \begin_layout Standard
21735 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
21736 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
21737 to break your train of thought with
21742 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21750 If you'd like to see your math formulae typeset by LaTeX then install the
21751 necessary software (see below) and select the
21760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21767 pulldown item in the
21773 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21781 (It can be found in the
21785 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21788 pane in the Qt frontend and the
21792 Feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21795 tab in the XForms frontend.) Previews are generated when you load a document
21796 into LyX and when you finish editing an inset.
21797 Previews of an already loaded document are
21801 generated just by selecting the
21812 \begin_layout Standard
21813 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
21814 It will also generate previews of include insets or
21815 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21819 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21830 check box in the inset's dialog.
21831 This latter is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure,
21833 Coming in version 1.4 are previews of the external inset also.
21836 \begin_layout Standard
21837 To get previews working, you'll need some additional software.
21838 First, you'll need the preview.sty LaTeX package.
21839 Find it on your local CTAN mirror at
21843 CTAN/support/preview-latex/
21846 Thereafter, you'll need the usual tools:
21858 .Finally, you'll obtain prettier results if you install
21869 \begin_layout Section
21870 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
21873 \begin_layout Subsection
21874 Extra Horizontal Space
21875 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:hspace}
21882 \begin_layout Standard
21887 s are a special LyX feature for adding extra space in a uniform fashion.
21892 is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals the remaining
21893 space between the left and right margins.
21894 If there is more than one
21898 on a line, they divide the available space equally between themselves.
21902 \begin_layout Standard
21907 is at the beginning of a line, and it's
21911 the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
21916 s from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
21919 \begin_layout Standard
21926 can be inserted with
21932 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21933 Special\InsetSpace ~
21938 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21943 orizontal\InsetSpace ~
21947 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
21950 \begin_layout Quote
21952 This is on the left side
21954 This is on the right
21957 \begin_layout Quote
21966 \begin_layout Quote
21977 \begin_layout Standard
21978 That was an example in the
21985 :is one in a standard paragraph.
21986 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
21990 sitting in-between the two
21991 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21995 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22001 \begin_layout Standard
22002 Remember that we said that an
22006 always fills the remaining space between the margins? There may be more
22007 than one set of margins on a line.
22008 Here's an example with the
22015 \begin_layout Labeling
22016 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
22028 \begin_layout Standard
22030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22037 marks the beginning of the item.
22038 (There is actually a
22039 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22043 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22050 inside of the label of the
22054 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.)
22058 s work similarly in other
22059 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22066 situations, like two-column mode.
22069 \begin_layout Subsection
22070 Extra Vertical Space
22071 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:vertspace}
22078 \begin_layout Standard
22079 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use
22084 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22089 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
22094 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
22100 \begin_layout Standard
22101 We will not provide an example of a
22105 , as it would waste paper.
22106 They work the same as any other type of filler, including
22110 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
22111 If there are several
22115 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
22116 You can therefore use
22120 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page, or 1/4,
22124 \begin_layout Standard
22125 Note that for paragraphs at the top/bottom of a page, the extra space is
22126 only added if you have also checked the option
22131 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22136 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
22137 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22142 pacing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22153 \begin_layout Subsection
22154 Changing Paragraph Alignment
22157 \begin_layout Standard
22158 You can also change the paragraph alignment with the
22163 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22168 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
22172 There are four possibilities:
22175 \begin_layout Itemize
22184 \begin_layout Itemize
22193 \begin_layout Itemize
22202 \begin_layout Itemize
22211 \begin_layout Standard
22212 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
22213 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
22214 the left and right margins.
22215 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
22218 \begin_layout Standard
22220 This paragraph is right aligned,
22223 \begin_layout Standard
22225 this one is centered,
22228 \begin_layout Standard
22230 this one is left aligned.
22233 \begin_layout Standard
22234 In some paragraph environments, the default is something other than justified
22239 \begin_layout Subsection
22240 Forcing Page Breaks
22241 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:pagebreak}
22248 \begin_layout Standard
22249 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
22250 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
22251 In general, this will
22255 be necessary because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking, as was already mentioned
22257 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:widows}
22264 \begin_layout Standard
22265 So in general there is no need to use the option described below, and we
22266 recommend not using it until the text is
22270 finished, and until you have checked in the preview to see if you
22274 have to change the pagebreaking.You can force a pagebreak above or below
22280 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22285 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
22288 dialog by selecting the checkboxes to add a pagebreak above or below the
22292 \begin_layout Standard
22293 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
22294 at the top of a page.
22295 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
22296 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
22297 appear at the top of a page [or the bottom, or on their own page] without
22298 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
22300 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figures}
22305 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:tables}
22316 \begin_layout Subsection
22320 \begin_layout Standard
22321 A blank is a blank? Not in good typography.
22322 While you might be used to press the space key anytime you want to separate
22323 two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers you more spaces: Spaces
22324 of different width and spaces which can or cannot be broken at the end
22326 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
22330 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22332 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:normblank-lbreak-horline}
22339 \begin_layout Standard
22340 Some languages (e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
22341 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
22342 English) have the typographical convention to add extra
22343 space after an end-of-sentence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventio
22344 ns (see section\InsetSpace ~
22346 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:abbrev}
22351 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
22352 In this case, insert one with
22357 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22358 Special\InsetSpace ~
22363 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22376 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22380 \begin_layout Standard
22381 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:protblank-lbreak-horline}
22385 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
22386 line at that point.
22387 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
22390 \begin_layout Quote
22391 A good documentation should weight no more than 1
22397 \begin_layout Standard
22398 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
22399 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22403 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22407 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22411 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22415 A protected space is set with
22420 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22421 Special\InsetSpace ~
22426 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22439 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22441 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:thinblank-lbreak-horline}
22448 \begin_layout Standard
22450 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22454 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22457 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
22458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22462 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22466 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
22467 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
22468 inside abbreviations:
22471 \begin_layout Quote
22472 D.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
22474 Knuth has developped our beloved typesetting program, i.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
22475 e.\InsetSpace \space{}
22479 \begin_layout Standard
22480 You can insert a thin space with
22485 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22486 Special\InsetSpace ~
22491 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22504 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22508 \begin_layout Standard
22509 Apart from the ones described, there are still some more spaces.
22510 Although LyX supports them natively, they can only be reached via the
22515 To get them, just type
22517 space-insert <command>
22519 into the minibuffer, where
22523 is one of the following:
22526 \begin_layout Standard
22528 \begin_inset Tabular
22529 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="3">
22531 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
22532 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
22533 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
22534 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
22535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22538 \begin_layout Standard
22546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22549 \begin_layout Standard
22557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22560 \begin_layout Standard
22569 <row topline="true">
22570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22573 \begin_layout Standard
22581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22584 \begin_layout Standard
22591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22594 \begin_layout Standard
22601 <row topline="true">
22602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22605 \begin_layout Standard
22613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22616 \begin_layout Standard
22623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22626 \begin_layout Standard
22633 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
22634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22637 \begin_layout Standard
22645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22648 \begin_layout Standard
22655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22658 \begin_layout Standard
22665 <row bottomline="true">
22666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22669 \begin_layout Standard
22677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22680 \begin_layout Standard
22687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22690 \begin_layout Standard
22697 <row bottomline="true">
22698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22701 \begin_layout Standard
22709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22712 \begin_layout Standard
22719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22722 \begin_layout Standard
22729 <row bottomline="true">
22730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22733 \begin_layout Standard
22741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22744 \begin_layout Standard
22751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22754 \begin_layout Standard
22761 <row bottomline="true">
22762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22765 \begin_layout Standard
22773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22776 \begin_layout Standard
22783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22786 \begin_layout Standard
22793 <row bottomline="true">
22794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22797 \begin_layout Standard
22805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22808 \begin_layout Standard
22815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22818 \begin_layout Standard
22832 \begin_layout Subsection
22836 \begin_layout Standard
22837 You can force line breaks within a paragraph by selecting
22842 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22843 Special\InsetSpace ~
22848 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22860 You should, however, not use this to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as LaTeX
22865 good at linebreaking\SpecialChar \ldots{}
22867 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:pagebreak}
22872 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
22873 set a linebreak, e.g.
22874 in a poem or for an Address (see sections
22875 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:quote}
22880 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:verse}
22885 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:adress_usage}
22892 \begin_layout Section
22894 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:spellchecking}
22901 \begin_layout Standard
22902 LyX itself has no built-in spellchecker.
22903 Rather it uses the external
22907 program as a backend or the newer and generally better
22912 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
22917 \begin_layout Standard
22918 The spellchecker can be started with the menu entry
22925 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
22934 Checking will start just after the current cursor position.
22935 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
22936 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
22937 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the view
22938 in your text buffer is updated to make the word visible.
22943 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
22945 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy the near miss into the replace
22946 input field (double-click to invoke replace).
22949 \begin_layout Subsection
22950 Spellchecker Options
22951 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:spell_opt}
22958 \begin_layout Standard
22959 The following options can be set in the
22964 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22974 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22978 \begin_layout Standard
22979 By default, the dictionary file to use is determined by the language of
22980 the text you're checking, which is set in the
22988 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22996 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, the spellchecker
22998 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
22999 specifying a different
23000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23003 alternative language
23004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23010 \begin_layout Standard
23015 , you may need to make a link from say
23023 or whatever applies for your language.
23024 This is because these
23028 files normally have the native language name (
23029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23033 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23040 , when started from LyX, searches for the English version of the name used
23041 with the LaTeX babel package (
23042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23052 \begin_layout Standard
23053 You may also have problems the font encoding is not correct for that dictionary.
23054 If you use a language with
23058 encoding and set the
23070 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23085 ), you must have this option in your language dictionary as well.
23086 If your dictionary doesn't support the
23090 you chose, you'll have an error like this on stderr:
23093 \begin_layout Standard
23096 ispell: unrecognized formatter type 'latin1'
23099 \begin_layout Standard
23100 The spellchecker gives you an error that it couldn't start the
23104 process and that you probably have some problems with your dictionary file.
23108 \begin_layout Standard
23109 There are four solutions to this problem.
23110 The easiest is to try the
23117 If that does not help, you can set
23128 when calling the spellchecker (which is probably annoying).
23129 The third is to add the
23133 option to your dictionary
23144 file and recompile the dictionary (which probably isn't easy if you installed
23145 the whole stuff with some distribution and don't have the language directory
23155 documentation for this task! The fourth is to send a message to your package-ma
23156 intainer, or better yet to the maintainer of the dictionary file in question
23157 and ask him to solve your problem.
23160 \begin_layout Subsubsection
23161 Personal dictionary
23164 \begin_layout Standard
23165 If you want to use a different file from the spellchecker's default choice
23166 as your personal dictionary, you can set this in the dialog.
23167 Specifying a filename which does not already exist will result in an error
23168 message on stderr which you can ignore (
23172 will create the file when you finish checking your spelling).
23175 \begin_layout Subsubsection
23179 \begin_layout Standard
23185 pellchecker\InsetSpace ~
23188 dialog has some additional options which are self-explanatory:
23191 \begin_layout Itemize
23197 ccept compound words
23201 Prevent the spellchecker from complaining about compounded words like
23204 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23208 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23214 \begin_layout Itemize
23224 Allows you to add nonstandard characters to what the spellchecker considers
23227 This should not normally be needed.
23230 \begin_layout Subsection
23234 \begin_layout Standard
23235 Some users have expressed a wish to be able to globally change the spelling
23236 of a particular word, rather than having to change the spelling separately
23237 for each occurrence of the word.
23238 Per-document word lists would also be useful.
23239 Neither of these features are present as of this writing.
23242 \begin_layout Standard
23243 Unless you're using the
23247 spellchecker, LyX cannot correctly spellcheck documents containing multiple
23249 This, does, however, work with
23253 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
23256 \begin_layout Section
23257 International Support
23260 \begin_layout Standard
23261 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
23262 LyX comes with a default configuration which supports the English language
23263 on a U.S.-style keyboard, with a standard U.S.
23264 paper size and the spellchecker set to U.S.
23266 You can change any or all of these settings as desired, and you can make
23267 the changes apply to the current session only, or use them as your new
23268 default configuration.
23271 \begin_layout Standard
23272 If you have a keyboard suited to the language you are using (for example,
23273 a German keyboard for writing in German), and you have correctly configured
23274 your X environment, all you need to do for LyX is tell it your language,
23275 the character encoding, and desired paper size.
23277 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:langlay}
23281 for more information.
23284 \begin_layout Standard
23285 If, however, you have a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
23286 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
23287 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
23288 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
23290 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:optkey}
23298 \begin_layout Standard
23299 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
23300 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
23301 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
23302 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
23303 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
23304 one to support the characters you want.
23308 \begin_layout Standard
23309 The details of how to customize LyX to your own language are
23313 beyond the scope of this manual.
23314 You can not only alter the keyboard layout, you can also change the names
23315 of the menus buttons, etc., to reflect your language.
23316 If you want to learn more about writing keymap files and tailoring LyX
23317 to your native tongue, please see the
23321 manual for details.
23324 \begin_layout Subsection
23326 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:langlay}
23333 \begin_layout Standard
23339 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23346 dialog lets you set
23348 the language and character encoding for your language.
23352 \begin_layout Standard
23353 Choose your language by clicking on the arrow in t
23370 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23378 The default is U.S.
23380 Scroll to find the language you want and then click on your choice.
23381 The language name appears in the window.
23385 \begin_layout Standard
23386 In LaTeX terms, selecting a language other than default adds Babel support.
23387 If you do not have Babel installed, refer to the different LaTeX distributions
23396 \begin_layout Standard
23405 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use.
23410 encoding, which includes the characters required by the various Western
23411 European languages.
23414 \begin_layout Subsection
23415 Keyboard mapping configuration
23416 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:optkey}
23423 \begin_layout Standard
23424 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings.
23425 This allows you to choose the keymap of your choice for your U.S.-style keyboard.
23426 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
23427 which one you want to use.
23430 \begin_layout Subsection
23432 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:keytab}
23439 \begin_layout Standard
23442 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{cap:The-latin1-character}
23451 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
23455 \begin_layout Standard
23456 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
23457 This manual is set up --- by hand, mind you --- to print all of these character
23459 That ain't the default.
23460 Nowhere near, in fact.
23461 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
23469 \begin_layout Itemize
23470 The characters at entries A2, A4, A5, A6 and AD -- the cent, the yen, the
23471 generic-currency-symbol, the broken vertical bar and the short dash are
23472 just plain missing in the default encodings.
23473 We don't know where they are or why this is the case.
23476 \begin_layout Itemize
23477 Even if you've selected
23486 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23493 dialog, users who have only the
23497 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
23501 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
23502 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
23503 french quotes won't show up.
23506 \begin_layout Itemize
23511 -fonts can, however, get the french quotes [characters AB and BB] if they
23512 include the either the package
23520 in their documents.
23524 \begin_layout Standard
23525 This only holds when you want to input these quotes by yourself.
23526 The automatic quote feature described in Section
23527 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:quotes}
23531 , will generate automatically LaTeX code adapted to available fonts and
23538 \begin_inset Note Note
23541 \begin_layout Standard
23542 The characters of the following table, which are inserted as commands, could
23543 not be inserted directly with the keyboard, because the standard encoding
23545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23553 To let LaTeX understand the commands, the package
23557 needs to be loaded in the peamble with the line
23560 \begin_layout Standard
23565 usepackage{textcomp}
23568 \begin_layout Standard
23573 is available on every LaTeX system.
23581 \begin_layout Standard
23582 \begin_inset Float table
23587 \begin_layout Caption
23588 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{cap:The-latin1-character}
23599 \begin_layout Standard
23601 \begin_inset Tabular
23602 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
23604 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
23605 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23606 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23607 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23608 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23609 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23610 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23611 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23612 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23613 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23614 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23615 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23616 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23617 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23618 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23619 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23620 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
23621 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
23622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23625 \begin_layout Standard
23631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23634 \begin_layout Standard
23649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23652 \begin_layout Standard
23667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23670 \begin_layout Standard
23685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23688 \begin_layout Standard
23703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23706 \begin_layout Standard
23721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23724 \begin_layout Standard
23739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23742 \begin_layout Standard
23757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23760 \begin_layout Standard
23775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23778 \begin_layout Standard
23793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23796 \begin_layout Standard
23811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23814 \begin_layout Standard
23829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23832 \begin_layout Standard
23847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23850 \begin_layout Standard
23865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23868 \begin_layout Standard
23883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23886 \begin_layout Standard
23901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23904 \begin_layout Standard
23920 <row topline="true">
23921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23924 \begin_layout Standard
23939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23942 \begin_layout Standard
23948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23951 \begin_layout Standard
23957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23960 \begin_layout Standard
23966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23969 \begin_layout Standard
23983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23986 \begin_layout Standard
24000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24003 \begin_layout Standard
24017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24020 \begin_layout Standard
24034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24037 \begin_layout Standard
24051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24054 \begin_layout Standard
24060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24063 \begin_layout Standard
24069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24072 \begin_layout Standard
24078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24081 \begin_layout Standard
24095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24098 \begin_layout Standard
24112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24115 \begin_layout Standard
24129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24132 \begin_layout Standard
24146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24149 \begin_layout Standard
24164 <row topline="true">
24165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24168 \begin_layout Standard
24183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24186 \begin_layout Standard
24192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24195 \begin_layout Standard
24201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24204 \begin_layout Standard
24218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24221 \begin_layout Standard
24235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24238 \begin_layout Standard
24252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24255 \begin_layout Standard
24269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24272 \begin_layout Standard
24286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24289 \begin_layout Standard
24303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24306 \begin_layout Standard
24312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24315 \begin_layout Standard
24321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24324 \begin_layout Standard
24338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24341 \begin_layout Standard
24355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24358 \begin_layout Standard
24372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24375 \begin_layout Standard
24389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24392 \begin_layout Standard
24406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24409 \begin_layout Standard
24424 <row topline="true">
24425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24428 \begin_layout Standard
24443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24446 \begin_layout Standard
24452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24455 \begin_layout Standard
24461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24464 \begin_layout Standard
24473 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24484 \begin_layout Standard
24498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24501 \begin_layout Standard
24515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24518 \begin_layout Standard
24532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24535 \begin_layout Standard
24549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24552 \begin_layout Standard
24566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24569 \begin_layout Standard
24575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24578 \begin_layout Standard
24584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24587 \begin_layout Standard
24591 \begin_layout Standard
24601 \begin_inset Note Note
24604 \begin_layout Standard
24615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24618 \begin_layout Standard
24632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24635 \begin_layout Standard
24649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24652 \begin_layout Standard
24666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24669 \begin_layout Standard
24683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24686 \begin_layout Standard
24701 <row topline="true">
24702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24705 \begin_layout Standard
24720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24723 \begin_layout Standard
24729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24732 \begin_layout Standard
24738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24741 \begin_layout Standard
24755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24758 \begin_layout Standard
24772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24775 \begin_layout Standard
24789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24792 \begin_layout Standard
24806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24809 \begin_layout Standard
24823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24826 \begin_layout Standard
24840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24843 \begin_layout Standard
24849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24852 \begin_layout Standard
24858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24861 \begin_layout Standard
24875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24878 \begin_layout Standard
24892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24895 \begin_layout Standard
24909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24912 \begin_layout Standard
24926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24929 \begin_layout Standard
24943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24946 \begin_layout Standard
24961 <row topline="true">
24962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24965 \begin_layout Standard
24980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24983 \begin_layout Standard
24989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24992 \begin_layout Standard
24998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25001 \begin_layout Standard
25015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25018 \begin_layout Standard
25032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25035 \begin_layout Standard
25049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25052 \begin_layout Standard
25066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25069 \begin_layout Standard
25083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25086 \begin_layout Standard
25100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25103 \begin_layout Standard
25109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25112 \begin_layout Standard
25118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25121 \begin_layout Standard
25125 \begin_layout Standard
25135 \begin_inset Note Note
25138 \begin_layout Standard
25149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25152 \begin_layout Standard
25166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25169 \begin_layout Standard
25183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25186 \begin_layout Standard
25200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25203 \begin_layout Standard
25217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25220 \begin_layout Standard
25235 <row topline="true">
25236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25239 \begin_layout Standard
25254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25257 \begin_layout Standard
25263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25266 \begin_layout Standard
25272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25275 \begin_layout Standard
25289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25292 \begin_layout Standard
25306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25309 \begin_layout Standard
25323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25326 \begin_layout Standard
25340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25343 \begin_layout Standard
25357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25360 \begin_layout Standard
25374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25377 \begin_layout Standard
25383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25386 \begin_layout Standard
25392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25395 \begin_layout Standard
25399 \begin_layout Standard
25409 \begin_inset Note Note
25412 \begin_layout Standard
25423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25426 \begin_layout Standard
25440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25443 \begin_layout Standard
25457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25460 \begin_layout Standard
25474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25477 \begin_layout Standard
25491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25494 \begin_layout Standard
25509 <row topline="true">
25510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25513 \begin_layout Standard
25528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25531 \begin_layout Standard
25537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25540 \begin_layout Standard
25546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25549 \begin_layout Standard
25563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25566 \begin_layout Standard
25580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25583 \begin_layout Standard
25597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25600 \begin_layout Standard
25614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25617 \begin_layout Standard
25631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25634 \begin_layout Standard
25648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25651 \begin_layout Standard
25657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25660 \begin_layout Standard
25666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25669 \begin_layout Standard
25673 \begin_layout Standard
25683 \begin_inset Note Note
25686 \begin_layout Standard
25697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25700 \begin_layout Standard
25714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25717 \begin_layout Standard
25731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25734 \begin_layout Standard
25748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25751 \begin_layout Standard
25765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25768 \begin_layout Standard
25783 <row topline="true">
25784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25787 \begin_layout Standard
25802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25805 \begin_layout Standard
25811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25814 \begin_layout Standard
25820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25823 \begin_layout Standard
25837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25840 \begin_layout Standard
25854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25857 \begin_layout Standard
25871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25874 \begin_layout Standard
25888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25891 \begin_layout Standard
25905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25908 \begin_layout Standard
25922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25925 \begin_layout Standard
25931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25934 \begin_layout Standard
25940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25943 \begin_layout Standard
25957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25960 \begin_layout Standard
25974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25977 \begin_layout Standard
25991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25994 \begin_layout Standard
26008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26011 \begin_layout Standard
26025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26028 \begin_layout Standard
26043 <row topline="true">
26044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26047 \begin_layout Standard
26062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26065 \begin_layout Standard
26071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26074 \begin_layout Standard
26080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26083 \begin_layout Standard
26097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26100 \begin_layout Standard
26114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26117 \begin_layout Standard
26131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26134 \begin_layout Standard
26148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26151 \begin_layout Standard
26165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26168 \begin_layout Standard
26182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26185 \begin_layout Standard
26191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26194 \begin_layout Standard
26200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26203 \begin_layout Standard
26217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26220 \begin_layout Standard
26234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26237 \begin_layout Standard
26251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26254 \begin_layout Standard
26268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26271 \begin_layout Standard
26285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26288 \begin_layout Standard
26303 <row topline="true">
26304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26307 \begin_layout Standard
26322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26325 \begin_layout Standard
26331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26334 \begin_layout Standard
26340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26343 \begin_layout Standard
26357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26360 \begin_layout Standard
26374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26377 \begin_layout Standard
26391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26394 \begin_layout Standard
26408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26411 \begin_layout Standard
26425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26428 \begin_layout Standard
26442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26445 \begin_layout Standard
26451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26454 \begin_layout Standard
26460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26463 \begin_layout Standard
26477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26480 \begin_layout Standard
26494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26497 \begin_layout Standard
26511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26514 \begin_layout Standard
26528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26531 \begin_layout Standard
26545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26548 \begin_layout Standard
26563 <row topline="true">
26564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26567 \begin_layout Standard
26582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26585 \begin_layout Standard
26591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26594 \begin_layout Standard
26600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26603 \begin_layout Standard
26617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26620 \begin_layout Standard
26634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26637 \begin_layout Standard
26651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26654 \begin_layout Standard
26668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26671 \begin_layout Standard
26685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26688 \begin_layout Standard
26702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26705 \begin_layout Standard
26711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26714 \begin_layout Standard
26720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26723 \begin_layout Standard
26737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26740 \begin_layout Standard
26754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26757 \begin_layout Standard
26771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26774 \begin_layout Standard
26788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26791 \begin_layout Standard
26805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26808 \begin_layout Standard
26823 <row topline="true">
26824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26827 \begin_layout Standard
26842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26845 \begin_layout Standard
26851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26854 \begin_layout Standard
26860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26863 \begin_layout Standard
26877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26880 \begin_layout Standard
26894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26897 \begin_layout Standard
26911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26914 \begin_layout Standard
26928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26931 \begin_layout Standard
26945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26948 \begin_layout Standard
26962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26965 \begin_layout Standard
26971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26974 \begin_layout Standard
26980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26983 \begin_layout Standard
26997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27000 \begin_layout Standard
27014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27017 \begin_layout Standard
27031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27034 \begin_layout Standard
27048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27051 \begin_layout Standard
27065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27068 \begin_layout Standard
27083 <row topline="true">
27084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27087 \begin_layout Standard
27102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27105 \begin_layout Standard
27111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27114 \begin_layout Standard
27120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27123 \begin_layout Standard
27137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27140 \begin_layout Standard
27154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27157 \begin_layout Standard
27171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27174 \begin_layout Standard
27190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27193 \begin_layout Standard
27207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27210 \begin_layout Standard
27224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27227 \begin_layout Standard
27233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27236 \begin_layout Standard
27242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27245 \begin_layout Standard
27259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27262 \begin_layout Standard
27276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27279 \begin_layout Standard
27293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27296 \begin_layout Standard
27310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27313 \begin_layout Standard
27327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27330 \begin_layout Standard
27345 <row topline="true">
27346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27349 \begin_layout Standard
27364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27367 \begin_layout Standard
27373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27376 \begin_layout Standard
27382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27385 \begin_layout Standard
27399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27402 \begin_layout Standard
27416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27419 \begin_layout Standard
27433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27436 \begin_layout Standard
27450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27453 \begin_layout Standard
27467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27470 \begin_layout Standard
27484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27487 \begin_layout Standard
27493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27496 \begin_layout Standard
27502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27505 \begin_layout Standard
27509 \begin_layout Standard
27519 \begin_inset Note Note
27522 \begin_layout Standard
27533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27536 \begin_layout Standard
27550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27553 \begin_layout Standard
27567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27570 \begin_layout Standard
27584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27587 \begin_layout Standard
27601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27604 \begin_layout Standard
27619 <row topline="true">
27620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27623 \begin_layout Standard
27638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27641 \begin_layout Standard
27647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27650 \begin_layout Standard
27656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27659 \begin_layout Standard
27673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27676 \begin_layout Standard
27690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27693 \begin_layout Standard
27707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27710 \begin_layout Standard
27724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27727 \begin_layout Standard
27741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27744 \begin_layout Standard
27758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27761 \begin_layout Standard
27767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27770 \begin_layout Standard
27776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27779 \begin_layout Standard
27793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27796 \begin_layout Standard
27810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27813 \begin_layout Standard
27827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27830 \begin_layout Standard
27844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27847 \begin_layout Standard
27861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27864 \begin_layout Standard
27879 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
27880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27883 \begin_layout Standard
27898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27901 \begin_layout Standard
27907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27910 \begin_layout Standard
27916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27919 \begin_layout Standard
27933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27936 \begin_layout Standard
27950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27953 \begin_layout Standard
27967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27970 \begin_layout Standard
27984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27987 \begin_layout Standard
28001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28004 \begin_layout Standard
28010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28013 \begin_layout Standard
28019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28022 \begin_layout Standard
28028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28031 \begin_layout Standard
28045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28048 \begin_layout Standard
28062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28065 \begin_layout Standard
28079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28082 \begin_layout Standard
28096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28099 \begin_layout Standard
28113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28116 \begin_layout Standard
28143 \begin_layout Standard
28144 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
28146 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
28147 also the characters from
28159 \begin_layout Itemize
28168 \begin_layout Standard
28169 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
28174 \begin_layout Standard
28175 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
28180 \begin_layout Standard
28181 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
28186 \begin_layout Standard
28187 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
28192 \begin_layout Standard
28198 \begin_layout Standard
28204 \begin_layout Standard
28211 \begin_layout Standard
28212 The dead macron in usually not needed, as you will use a non--dead key for
28214 For example, S-M-minus, or if
28220 is correct, S-M-macron.
28229 \begin_layout Itemize
28242 \begin_layout Standard
28258 \begin_layout Standard
28276 \begin_layout Standard
28286 \begin_layout Standard
28307 \begin_layout Standard
28308 These characters might not look very nice on screen, but they will be just
28309 fine when run through LaTeX and printed.
28317 \begin_layout Standard
28333 \begin_layout Standard
28344 \begin_layout Standard
28345 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
28346 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters .
28347 Also make sure you're using the
28351 font-encoding and have the package
28355 with the definition file
28362 \begin_layout Chapter
28366 \begin_layout Standard
28367 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
28368 (and we would encourage people to contribute !).
28371 \begin_layout Standard
28372 First, we need to give due credit to those who came before us.
28373 They gave us the base upon which the new manuals are built, and some continue
28374 to provide information:
28377 \begin_layout Itemize
28382 wrote the original documentation, from which this manual is built, as well
28383 as the introduction to this manual [or the
28384 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28388 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28391 as some of us call it].
28394 \begin_layout Itemize
28397 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
28399 wrote several minidocs, including some of the information about international
28403 \begin_layout Itemize
28408 also wrote a minidoc about international support, specifically about internatio
28409 nal keyboard maps and customization.
28412 \begin_layout Itemize
28417 originally documented the LinuxDoc SGML interface.
28420 \begin_layout Itemize
28423 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
28425 originally documented math mode and provided the entries for the math functions
28431 \begin_layout Itemize
28432 Special thanks to the LyX Team\InsetSpace ~
28434 \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{lyxcredit}
28438 for help and answers to questions.
28441 \begin_layout Standard
28442 Next, it's time to give credit to the
28443 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28446 LyX Documentation Team,
28447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28450 all of the people who helped rewrite the old documentation into the form
28451 it had after LyX version 0.10:
28454 \begin_layout Itemize
28463 \begin_layout Itemize
28464 Contributor to the FAQ and the old
28465 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28473 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28479 \begin_layout Itemize
28480 General editing assistance.
28483 \begin_layout Itemize
28488 \begin_layout Itemize
28492 \begin_layout Itemize
28496 \begin_layout Itemize
28502 \begin_layout Itemize
28511 \begin_layout Itemize
28512 Primary contributor to
28517 \begin_layout Itemize
28518 Documentation of the basic LyX interface in
28524 \begin_layout Itemize
28533 \begin_layout Itemize
28534 Former maintainer of the FAQ and the old
28535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28543 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28549 \begin_layout Itemize
28550 Documentation of LinuxDoc in
28556 \begin_layout Itemize
28563 \begin_layout Itemize
28564 Documentation of figures and imported graphics in
28570 \begin_layout Itemize
28579 \begin_layout Itemize
28580 Documentation of internationalization features in
28586 \begin_layout Itemize
28593 \begin_layout Itemize
28598 \begin_layout Itemize
28602 \begin_layout Itemize
28606 \begin_layout Itemize
28610 \begin_layout Itemize
28616 \begin_layout Itemize
28623 \begin_layout Itemize
28624 Primary contributor to
28630 \begin_layout Itemize
28637 \begin_layout Itemize
28642 \begin_layout Itemize
28646 \begin_layout Itemize
28647 using LaTeX from within LyX
28652 \begin_layout Itemize
28661 \begin_layout Itemize
28662 General organization and format of the documents.
28665 \begin_layout Itemize
28670 \begin_layout Itemize
28674 \begin_layout Itemize
28675 paragraph environments, document layout, nesting, typography notes, fonts
28679 \begin_layout Itemize
28680 Also responsible for Introduction in
28685 \begin_layout Itemize
28686 Editor of the documents.
28687 [from 6/96-fall 1997]
28691 \begin_layout Standard
28692 After fall of 1997, the LyX Team as a whole took over maintenance of the
28696 \begin_layout Bibliography
28698 \bibitem {lyxcredit}
28703 \begin_layout Standard
28707 href{http://www.lyx.org/about/credits.php}{
28720 \begin_layout Standard
28730 \begin_layout Bibliography
28732 \bibitem {latexbook}
28735 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
28738 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
28741 \begin_layout Bibliography
28743 \bibitem {latexcompanion}
28744 Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach and Alexander Samarin:
28746 The LaTeX Companion.
28749 Addison-Wesley, 1994
28752 \begin_layout Bibliography
28754 \bibitem {latexguide}
28760 \begin_layout Bibliography